Agilent 4263B Operators Manual

Agilent 4263B Operators Manual - Agilent 4263B LCR Meter...

Info iconThis preview shows page 1. Sign up to view the full content.

View Full Document Right Arrow Icon
This is the end of the preview. Sign up to access the rest of the document.

Unformatted text preview: Agilent 4263B LCR Meter Operation Manual SERIAL NUMBERS This manual applies directly to instruments which has the serial number pre x JP1KD, or rmware revision 1.0. For additional important information about serial numbers, read \Serial Number" in Appendix A. Agilent Part No. 04263-90050 Printed in JAPAN March 2003 Sixth Edition Notice The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of the Agilent Technologies. Agilent Technologies Japan, Ltd. Component Test PGU-Kobe 1-3-2, Murotani, Nishi-ku, Kobe-shi, Hyogo, 651-2241 Japan c Copyright 1996, 1998, 2000, 2002, 2003 Agilent Technologies Japan, Ltd. 4263B Manual Printing History February 1996 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : First Edition (part number: June 1998 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Second Edition (part number: January 2000 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Third Edition (part number: December 2000 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Fourth Edition (part number: September 2002 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Fifth Edition (part number: March 2003 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Sixth Edition (part number: 04263-90010) 04263-90020) 04263-90020) 04263-90030) 04263-90030) 04263-90050) iii 4263B Safety Summary The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service, and repair of this instrument. Failure to comply with these precautions or with speci c WARNINGS elsewhere in this manual may impair the protection provided by the equipment. In addition it violates safety standards of design, manufacture, and intended use of the instrument. The Agilent Technologies assumes no liability for the customer's failure to comply with these requirements. Note 4263B complies with INSTALLATION CATEGORY II and POLLUTION DEGREE 2 in IEC1010-1. 4263B is INDOOR USE product. Ground The Instrument To avoid electric shock hazard, the instrument chassis and cabinet must be connected to a safety earth ground by the supplied power cable with earth blade. DO NOT Operate In An Explosive Atmosphere Do not operate the instrument in the presence of ammable gasses or fumes. Operation of any electrical instrument in such an environment constitutes a de nite safety hazard. Keep Away From Live Circuits Operating personnel must not remove instrument covers. Component replacement and internal adjustments must be made by quali ed maintenance personnel. Do not replace components with the power cable connected. Under certain conditions, dangerous voltages may exist even with the power cable removed. To avoid injuries, always disconnect power and discharge circuits before touching them. DO NOT Service Or Adjust Alone Do not attempt internal service or adjustment unless another person, capable of rendering rst aid and resuscitation, is present. DO NOT Substitute Parts Or Modify Instrument Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not install substitute parts or perform unauthorized modi cations to the instrument. Return the instrument to a Agilent Technologies Sales and Service Oce for service and repair to ensure that safety features are maintained. Dangerous Procedure Warnings Warnings , such as the example below, precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed. Warning iv Dangerous voltages, capable of causing death, are present in this instrument. Use extreme caution when handling, testing, and adjusting this instrument. 4263B Certi cation Agilent Technologies certi es that this product met its published speci cations at the time of shipment from the factory. Agilent Technologies further certi es that its calibration measurements are traceable to the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology, to the extent allowed by the Institution's calibration facility, or to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization members. Warranty This Agilent Technologies instrument product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of shipment, except that in the case of certain components listed in General Information of this manual, the warranty shall be for the speci ed period. During the warranty period, Agilent Technologies will, at its option, either repair or replace products that prove to be defective. For warranty service or repair, this product must be returned to a service facility designated by Agilent Technologies. Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to Agilent Technologies and Agilent Technologies shall pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer. However, Buyer shall pay all shipping charges, duties, and taxes for products returned to Agilent Technologies from another country. Agilent Technologies warrants that its software and rmware designated by Agilent Technologies for use with an instrument will execute its programming instruction when property installed on that instrument. Agilent Technologies does not warrant that the operation of the instrument, or software, or rmware will be uninterrupted or error free. Limitation Of Warranty The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by Buyer, Buyer-supplied software or interfacing, unauthorized modi cation or misuse, operation outside the environmental speci cations for the product, or improper site preparation or maintenance. No other warranty is expressed or implied. Agilent Technologies speci cally disclaims the implied warranties of merchantability and tness for a particular purpose. v 4263B Exclusive Remedies The remedies provided herein are buyer's sole and exclusive remedies. Agilent Technologies shall not be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages, whether based on contract, tort, or any other legal theory. Assistance Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for Agilent Technologies products. For any assistance, contact your nearest Agilent Technologies Sales and Service Oce. Addresses are provided at the back of this manual. vi 4263B Safety Symbols General de nitions of safety symbols used on equipment or in manuals are listed below. Instruction manual symbol: the product is marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruction manual. Alternating current. Direct current. On (Supply). O (Supply). Frame or chassis terminal This Warning sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure, practice, condition or the like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in injury or death to personnel. This Caution sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure, practice, condition or the like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product. Note denotes important information. It calls attention to a procedure, practice, condition or the like, which is essential to highlight. vii 4263B Herstellerbescheinigung GERXSCHEMISSION LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz normaler Betrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19 Manufacturer's Declaration ACOUSTIC NOISE EMISSION LpA < 70 dB operator position normal operation per ISO 7779 viii 4263B Contents of this Manual Chapter 1 Provides the product overview and basic measurement procedure. First time users of the 4263B should read this chapter rst. Chapter 2 Shows how to operate the 4263B from its front panel. Please refer to this chapter when you wish to learn about operations using the front panel keys. Chapter 3 Describes all functions of this instrument. Please refer to this chapter when you wish to learn about the functions of the front and rear panel keys and terminals. Chapter 4 Shows how to remotely operate the 4263B. Please refer to this chapter when you wish to learn about the procedures for remotely operating the 4263B via the GPIB. Chapter 5 Contains complete information on remotely operating the 4263B via the GPIB. Please refer to this chapter when you wish to learn about the GPIB's commands, status reporting mechanism, trigger system, and data transmission format. Chapter 6 Provides a measurement example using the 4263B. Chapter 7 Provides information for e ective operations. Chapter 8 Provides speci cations, reference data, and other general information. Chapter 9 Describes how to verify the speci cations. ix 4263B Appendix A Contains information on using the 4263Bs which were manufactured before this manual was printed. Appendix B Contains information which is required for using the handler interface. Before using the handler interface, please read this appendix and set the handler interface input/output signal. Appendix C Contains the summary of operations, when the 4263B detects OVLD (Overload), or N.C. (No-Contact). x Contents 1. Getting Started Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guided Tour of Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incoming Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Providing clearance to dissipate heat at installation site Instruction for Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparation for Turning On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Line Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning On the 4263B and Setting the Line Frequency Using the Front-Panel Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Execution Type Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . Toggle Type Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selection Type Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Value Setup Type Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Numeric Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum and Maximum Keys . . . . . . . . . . Up/Right, Down/Left Arrow Keys . . . . . . . . . Back Space Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting a Test Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resetting the 4263B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting the Measurement Parameter . . . . . . . . Setting the Test Signal Frequency . . . . . . . . . . Selecting the Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . Auto Range mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hold Range mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Test Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . Matching the Cable Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing the OPEN Correction . . . . . . . . . . Performing the SHORT Correction . . . . . . . . . Performing the LOAD Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-10 1-12 1-12 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-15 1-15 1-16 1-16 1-17 1-18 1-19 1-20 1-21 1-22 1-22 1-22 1-22 1-23 1-23 1-24 1-25 1-26 Contents-1 2. Operating the 4263B Measurement Con guration . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Measurement Time Mode . . . . . . . . Setting the Averaging Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Trigger Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Contact Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Beeper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Level Monitor Mode . . . . . . . . . . Triggering a Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applying the DC Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Internal DC Bias Source . . . . . . . . Using an External DC Bias Source . . . . . . . . Using the Comparator Function . . . . . . . . . . . Display Con guration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Deviation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Reference Value . . . . . . . . . . Selecting the Deviation Display Mode . . . . . . Changing the Measurement Settings Display Mode . Setting the Display Digit and Display Mode . . . . Locking Out the Front Panel Keys . . . . . . . . . Returning the Local Mode (Exiting the Remote Mode) Setting the GPIB Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving and Recalling Instrument Settings . . . . . . Printing Measurement Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing the 4263B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing a Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing the Front Panel Keys' Functionality . . . . If You Have a Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If the Display is Blank and the 4263B Appears Dead If an Error Message is Displayed . . . . . . . . . If the 4263B does not Accept Any Key Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-3 2-3 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-5 2-5 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-9 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 3. Function Reference and Technical Information Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LINE Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNKNOWN Terminals . . . . . . . . . . DC Bias Key ............. Measurement Parameter Key ...... Deviation (1) Mode Key ..... Measurement Time Key ........ Average Key ........... Frequency Key ............ Display Mode Key ........ Measurement Settings Display Key ... Level Monitor Key ........ Level Key ............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 3-2 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-7 Contents-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Bias Setup Key ......... Auto/Hold Range Key .......... Range Setup Key .......... Trigger Key ............... Trigger Mode Key ............ Delay Key ............. Local Key ................ Address Key ............ Save Key ............. Recall Key ............... Comparator Limit Keys ...... Left/Down Arrow Key and Up/Right Arrow Key, 0,1,..,9,1(Point),0(Minus) Keys, ... Enter Key ............... Shift Key ................ Engineering Units Key .......... Back Space key ............. Minimum Key ........... Maximum Key ........... Open Key ............. Short Key ............. Load Key .............. Comparator Key .......... Contact Check Key ......... Cable Key ............. Key Lock Key ........... Reset Key ............. ......... Con guration Key Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Trigger Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . External DC Bias Terminal . . . . . . . . LINE Fuse Holder LINE Voltage Selector . Serial Number Plate . . Power Cord Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3-7 3-8 3-8 3-9 3-9 3-9 3-10 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-11 3-12 3-12 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-21 3-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 3-22 3-22 3-22 Contents-3 Power Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handler Interface . . . . . . . . . . . Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPIB Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . Overall Impedance Measurement Theory Transformer Parameters Measurement . Test Current Level . . . . . . . . . . . Test Current Transient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 3-23 3-23 3-26 3-27 3-27 3-30 3-32 3-33 4. Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input/Output Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reading the GPIB Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sending a Remote Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Returning to Local Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Query Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Getting Data from the 4263B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Set Up the 4263B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Reset the 4263B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Set the Power Line Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Match Cable Length of the Test Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Select the Measurement Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Select the Test Signal Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Select the Test Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Select Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Apply a DC Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Perform Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Select Measurement Time Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Set the Averaging Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Set Trigger Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Set Beeper Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Lock Out the Front Panel Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Check Contact Integrity at the Test Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Use the Comparator Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Display a Deviation Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Wait Until Previously Sent Commands are Completed . . . . . . . . . . . To Get the Current Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Save and Recall Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Trigger a Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waiting For Completion Of Measurement (detecting completion of measurement) Sample program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reading Out Measured Result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reading out measured result using *TRG command . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reading out measured result using :FETC? command . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Retrieve Data Eciently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Use a Data Bu er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Test the 4263B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To Report the Instrument's Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If You Have a Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If the 4263B Hangs Up When You Send the :ABORt Command . . . . . . . . 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-8 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-11 4-11 4-12 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-21 4-25 4-25 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-28 4-28 Contents-4 5. GPIB Reference GPIB Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsystem Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concept of Subsystem Command Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program Message Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program Message Terminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subsystem Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameter Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Query and Response Message Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORt Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :ABORt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALCulate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulate1:FORMat f REAL j MLINear j CP j CS j LP j LS g :CALCulate2:FORMat f IMAGinary j PHASe j D j Q j REAL j LP j RP j INV g :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:BEEPer:CONDition fFAlLjPASSg . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:BEEPer[:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:CLEar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:FAIL? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:LOWer:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:UPPer:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:MATH:EXPRession:CATalog? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:MATH:EXPRession:NAME f DEV j PCNT g . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:MATH:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef1j2g:PATH? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :CALCulatef3j4g:MATH:STATe fONjOFFj1j0g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CALibration Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :CALibration:CABLe <numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DATA Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DATA[:DATA] f REF1 j REF2 g,<numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DATA[:DATA]? f BUF1 j BUF2 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DATA[:DATA]? fIMONjVMONg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DATA:FEED f BUF1 j BUF2 g,<data handle> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DATA:FEED:CONTrol f BUF1 j BUF2 g,f ALWays j NEVer g . . . . . . . . :DATA:POINts f BUF1 j BUF2 g,<numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISPlay Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DISPlay[:WINDow][:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT1:DIGit f3j4j5g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT1:PAGE f1j2g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT2:PAGE f1j2j3j4j5j6g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FETCh? Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :FETCh? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORMat Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :FORMat[:DATA] fASCiijREAL[,64]g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITiate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5-1 5-2 5-4 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-6 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-8 5-8 5-9 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-12 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-15 5-15 5-16 5-16 5-17 5-17 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-21 5-22 5-22 5-23 Contents-5 :INITiate[:IMMediate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :lNITiate:CONTinuous fONjOFFj1j0g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SENSe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:AVERage:COUNt <numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:CORRection:CKIT:STANdard3 <numeric value>,<numeric value> [:SENSe]:CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] STANdardf1j2j3g . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:CORRection:COLLect:METHod f REFL2 j REFL3 g . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:CORRection:DATA? STANdardf1j2j3g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:CORRection[:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:APERture <numeric value>[MSjS] . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:CONTact:VERify f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:RANGe:AUTO f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:RANGe[:UPPer] <numeric value>[MOHMjOHMjKOHMjMAOHM] . . . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:CONCurrent f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:COUNt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] <sensor function> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SOURce Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :SOURce:FREQuency[:CW] <numeric value>[HZjKHZ] . . . . . . . . . . . :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <numeric value>[MVjV] :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet <numeric value> [MVjV] . . :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SOURce f INTernal j EXTernal g :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g . . STATus Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :STATus:OPERation:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :STATus:OPERation:ENABle <numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :STATus:PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle<numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYSTem Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe fONjOFFj1j0g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :SYSTem:ERRor? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :SYSTem:KLOCk fONjOFFj1j0g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :SYSTem:LFRequency <numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :SYSTem:PRESet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :SYSTem:VERSion? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRIGger subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :TRIGger:DELay<numeric value> [MSjS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :TRIGger[:IMMediate] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :TRIGger:SOURce fBUSjEXTernaljINTernaljMANualg . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3ESE<numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3ESE? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3ESR? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3IDN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3LRN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3OPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3OPC? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3OPT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RCL<numeric value> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents-6 5-23 5-23 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-25 5-25 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-30 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-32 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-34 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 3RST . . . . . . . . . 3SAV<numeric value> 3SRE<numeric value> 3SRE? . . . . . . . . . 3STB? . . . . . . . . . 3TRG . . . . . . . . . 3TST? . . . . . . . . . 3WAI . . . . . . . . . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... Status Reporting Structure . . . . . . Service Request (SRQ) . . . . . . . Status Byte Register . . . . . . . . Statndard Event Status Register . . Standard Operation Status Group . . Operation Status Register . . . . . Questionable Status Register . . . . Trigger System . . . . . . . . . . . 4263B Trigger System Con guration . IDLE State . . . . . . . . . . . Initiate State . . . . . . . . . . Trigger Event Detection State . . Sequence Operation State . . . . Data Transfer Format . . . . . . . . ASCii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-38 5-39 5-39 5-40 5-41 5-42 5-44 5-44 5-46 5-46 5-46 5-47 5-47 5-47 5-48 5-48 5-49 6. Application Measurement Measuring Electrolytic Capacitors (Sample Program) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring High Inductance Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6-6 6-9 7. Impedance Measurement Basics Characteristics Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parallel/Series Circuit Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Circuit Model for Capacitance Measurement . . . Small Capacitance Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Large Capacitance Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Circuit Model for Inductance Measurement . . . . Small Inductance Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Large Inductance Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four-Terminal Pair Con guration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacitance to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extending Test Leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using a Guard Plate for Low Capacitance Measurements . . Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Correction Functions of the 4263B . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard for the LOAD Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . Using a Standard Supplied by a Component Manufacturer Using Your Own Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting the LOAD standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring the LOAD reference value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-5 7-5 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-9 7-10 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-14 7-14 7-14 7-14 7-14 Contents-7 8. Speci cations Speci cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Parameters . . . . . . . . Measurement Conditions . . . . . . . . Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Accuracy . . . . . . . . Measurement Support Functions . . . . General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 8-2 8-2 8-3 8-3 8-9 8-10 8-11 9. Maintenance Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculation Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Test Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to Set the 4263B for the Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Level Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Bias Level Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED) . 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT) 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (DC Bias: ON) . . . . . . 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) . 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED) . . 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT) 0 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) . . . . . 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) . . . . . 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9-3 9-3 9-3 9-3 9-4 9-4 9-4 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-5 9-7 9-7 9-7 9-7 9-9 9-9 9-9 9-9 9-11 9-11 9-11 9-11 9-11 9-13 9-14 9-14 9-15 9-16 9-16 9-17 9-18 9-18 9-18 9-18 9-18 9-20 9-21 9-22 9-22 9-22 9-22 9-22 Contents-8 2 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . 2 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) . 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . 4 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . 4 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) . Calculation Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Level Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Bias Level Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards' Calibration Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . Performance Test Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Level Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Bias Level Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transformer Measurement Functional Test (Opt. 001 Only) . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handler Interface Functional Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Lock Function Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Trigger Function Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handler Interface Output Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Check Functional Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Test Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transformer Measurement Functional Test (Opt. 001 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 9-25 9-26 9-26 9-26 9-26 9-26 9-28 9-29 9-30 9-30 9-30 9-30 9-31 9-32 9-35 9-36 9-37 9-38 9-38 9-38 9-39 9-40 9-43 9-44 9-45 9-46 9-46 9-46 9-47 9-47 9-47 9-49 9-49 9-49 9-49 9-49 9-49 9-50 9-51 9-51 9-51 9-53 9-53 A. Manual Changes Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A-1 A-2 Contents-9 B. Handler Interface Installation Introduction . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Characteristics . . . . Output Signals . . . . . . . . Input Signals . . . . . . . . Handler Interface Board Setup . Tools and Fasteners . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 B-1 B-1 B-4 B-5 B-5 B-5 C. Overload/No-Contact Operations Messages Instrument Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Messages-2 . GPIB Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Messages-3 . Index Contents-10 Figures 1-1. 1-2. 1-3. 3-1. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5. 3-6. 3-7. 3-8. 3-9. 3-10. 3-11. 3-12. 3-13. 4-1. 4-2. 4-3. 4-4. 4-5. 4-6. 4-7. 5-1. 5-2. 5-3. 5-4. 5-5. 5-6. 5-7. 5-8. 5-9. 5-10. 5-11. 6-1. 6-2. 6-3. 7-1. 7-2. 7-3. 7-4. 7-5. 7-6. 7-7. Power Cable Supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Selector and Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting a Test Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Required External Trigger Pulse Speci cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of Handler Interface Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simpli ed Model of Impedance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vector Representation of Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relationship Between Impedance and Admittance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vector Representation of Admittance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relationship between Measurement Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Transformer Measurement Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal for DCR Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Transient in DC Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simple Program Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRQ generation sequence (when measurement nishes) . . . . . . . . . . . Detecting the completion of measurement using SRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reading out the measured result in ASCII transfer format by using the *TRG command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reading out the measured result in binary transfer format using *TRG command Reading out the measured result in ASCII transfer format using the :FETC? command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reading out measured result in binary transfer format using :FETC? command Proper Use of the Colon and Semicolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Reporting Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Status Byte Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Event Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Operation Status Group Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trigger System Con guration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside an Trigger Event Detection State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NR1 Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NR2 Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NR3 Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAL Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring Electrolytic Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sample Program to Measure Electrolytic Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting a Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical Characteristics of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacitance Circuit Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inductance Circuit Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four-Terminal Pair Measurement Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model of Capacitance to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reducing Capacitance to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1-12 1-19 3-2 3-21 3-21 3-23 3-25 3-27 3-27 3-28 3-28 3-29 3-30 3-32 3-34 4-4 4-14 4-15 4-18 4-20 4-22 4-24 5-4 5-39 5-40 5-41 5-43 5-46 5-47 5-48 5-48 5-48 5-49 6-1 6-3 6-7 7-2 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-8 Contents-11 7-8. 7-9. 7-10. 7-11. 7-12. 8-1. 8-2. 9-1. 9-2. 9-3. 9-4. 9-5. 9-6. 9-7. 9-8. 9-9. 9-10. 9-11. 9-12. A-1. B-1. B-2. B-3. B-4. Contact Con guration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Contacts for Test Lead Extension . . . . . . . Example of DUT Guard Plate Connection . . . . . . . . . . Guard Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stray Capacitance Causing Contact Check Error . . . . . . . Conversion Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Capacitor Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . Test Signal Level Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Bias Level Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Bias Level Accuracy Test Setup Without The Interface Box 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . Transformer Measurement Functional Test Setup . . . . . . Handler Interface Functional Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . Handler interface Output Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Check Functional Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handler Interface Comparison Output Signals Diagram . . . . Handler Interface Control Output Signals Diagram . . . . . . Handler Interface Input Signal Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . A1 Main Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 7-9 7-10 7-10 7-11 8-4 8-17 9-5 9-7 9-9 9-10 9-11 9-19 9-23 9-27 9-47 9-49 9-50 9-51 A-2 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-7 Tables 1-1. 3-1. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5. 5-1. 5-2. 5-3. 5-4. 5-5. 5-6. 5-7. 5-8. 7-1. 7-2. 8-1. 8-2. 8-3. 8-4. 8-5. 8-6. 8-7. 9-1. 9-2. 9-3. 9-4. 9-5. 9-6. 9-7. 9-8. 9-9. 9-10. 9-11. 9-12. 9-13. 9-14. 9-15. 9-16. 9-17. 9-18. A-1. B-1. B-2. B-3. C-1. Line Voltage Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Range Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . Displayable Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Line Voltage selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of Handler Interface Connector . . . . GPIB Interface Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Usable Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Parameter Choices . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . Status Byte Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Event Status Register Assignments . . . . . . Operation Status Condition Register Assignments . . . Operation Status Event Register Assignments . . . . . Questionable Status Register Assignments . . . . . . . Parallel/Series Circuit Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . Correction Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Accuracy Parameter: A, B, and C . . . . Measurement Accuracy Parameter: D . . . . . . . . . Measurement Accuracy Parameter: E . . . . . . . . . Measurement Time (DC Bias: OFF) . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Time (DC Bias: ON) . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Measurement Time for Rdc Measurement . . Additional Measurement Time for N and M Measurement Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency Accuracy Test Settings . . . . . . . . . . . Level Accuracy Test Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bias Level Accuracy Test Settings . . . . . . . . . . . 0 m Capacitance Measurement Test (LONG) Settings . . 0 m Capacitance Measurement Test (MED) Settings . . . 0 m Capacitance Measurement Test (SHORT) Settings . 0 m Capacitance Measurement Test (DC Bias) Setting . . 0 m Resistance Measurement Test (LONG) Settings . . . 0 m Resistance Measurement Test (MED) Settings . . . 0 m Resistance Measurement Test (SHORT) Settings . . 1 m Capacitance Measurement Test Settings . . . . . . 1 m Resistance Measurement Test Settings . . . . . . . 2 m Capacitance Measurement Test Settings . . . . . . 2 m Resistance Measurement Test Settings . . . . . . . 4 m Capacitance Measurement Test Settings . . . . . . 4 m Resistance Measurement Test Settings . . . . . . . Transformer Measurement Test Limits . . . . . . . . . Manual Changes by Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . Handler Output Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . Handler Interface Input Electrical Characteristics . . . Pull-up Resistor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVLD/N.C. Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 3-8 3-8 3-22 3-24 3-26 5-7 5-12 5-28 5-40 5-42 5-44 5-44 5-45 7-3 7-12 8-5 8-6 8-6 8-15 8-15 8-16 8-16 9-2 9-6 9-8 9-10 9-13 9-14 9-14 9-15 9-16 9-16 9-17 9-20 9-20 9-24 9-24 9-28 9-28 9-48 A-1 B-1 B-4 B-8 C-1 Contents-13 C-2. Simultaneous OVLD and N.C. Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents-14 C-2 1 Getting Started This chapter provides information to get you started using your 4263B LCR Meter. This chapter discusses the following topics: Overview Guided Tour of Panels Incoming Inspection Ventilation Requirements Instruction for Cleaning Power Cable Preparation for Turning On Using Front-Panel Keys Basic Operation Getting Started 1-1 4263B Overview 4263B LCR Meter is a general purpose LCR meter designed for both component evaluation on the production line and fundamental impedance testing for bench-top applications. Features Basic accuracy: 0.1% Test frequency: 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 20 kHz (option 002 only), and 100 kHz Test Signal Level: 20 mV to 1 Vrms, 5 mV step Measurement speed: 29 ms High speed contact check function (5ms) Quick test recovery Wide capacitance measurement range Front-end protection Built-in comparator Transformer parameter measurements (option 001) High Reliability / High Throughput The 4263B has a measurement speed of 29 ms at any test signal frequency. This ability improves the throughput of component evaluation on the product line. The 4263B can check the contact between the test terminals and the Device Under Test (DUT), ensuring the reliability of PASS/FAIL testing with automatic handlers in production. Electrolytic Capacitor Measurement Electrolytic capacitor measurements require high measurement accuracy in the low impedance range. The 4263B's high accuracy and wide measurement range allow you to make precise measurements of electrolytic capacitors. Transformer Parameter Measurements (Option 001) The 4263B's ability to make turns ratio (N), mutual inductance (M), and DC resistance (DCR) measurement obsolete data calculations and changing test setups. 1-2 Getting Started 4263B Accessories Available (Note: This is an optional product.) 16034E 16047A 16047B 16047C 16047D 16048A 16048B 16048D 16048E 16060A 16065A 16065C 16085B 16089A 16089B 16089C 16089D 16089E 16092A1 16093A1 16093B1 16094A1 , 2 16095A3 16191A1 16192A1 16193A1 16194A1 16314A 16334A 16451B 16452A 16064B Test Fixture (For SMD or Chip type DUT) Test Fixture (For Axial or Radial DUT) Test Fixture (For Axial or Radial DUT) HF Test Fixture (For Axial or Radial DUT) Test Fixture (For Axial or Radial DUT) Test Leads (1 m, BNC) Test Leads (1 m, SMC) Test Leads (2 m, BNC) Test Leads (4 m, BNC) Transformer Test Fixture External Bias Test Fixture External Bias Adapter Terminal Adapter: Converts 4 terminal pair connector to APC7 connector. Kelvin Clip Leads (1 m, two large clips) Kelvin Clip Leads (1 m, two medium clips) Kelvin Clip Leads (1 m, two IC clips) Alligator Clip Leads (1 m, four medium clips) Kelvin Clip Leads (1 m, two large clips) RF Spring Clip: Axial Radial and SMD RF Two-Terminal Binding Post RF Three-Terminal Binding Post RF Probe Tip/Adapter LF Probe Adapter Side Electrode SMD Test Fixture Parallel Electrode SMD Test Fixture Small Side Electrode SMD Test Fixture Wide Temperature SMD Test Fixture 50 /4-Term Converter 100Hz-10MHz Test Fixture (For SMD or Chip type DUT) Dielectric Test Fixture Magnetic Test Fixture LED Display/Trigger Box (with GO/NO-GO display and trigger button) 1 16085B adapter required. 2 Cables adapted to APC7 on each end required. 3 Don't connect ground-lead to 4263B. Note There is some possibility that available accessories are changed. Refer to latest accessories catalogue about the latest information. Options Available Option 001 Option 002 Add N/M/DCR Measurement Function Add 20 kHz test signal frequency Getting Started 1-3 4263B Guided Tour of Panels Front Panel This section gives a guided tour of the front panel. For a detailed description of each key's function, refer to Chapter 3. Each description starting with (Shift) is the secondary function of the key, which is available by pressing the blue shift key. (Refer to \Shift key.") 1. Display displays measurement result, instrument states, and messages. 2. LINE Switch turns the 4263B ON and OFF. 3. Chassis Terminal is tied to ground through the instrument's chassis. 4. UNKNOWN Terminals is the connection point for test xtures. BNC connectors are used for the UNKNOWN Terminals. Caution Do not apply DC voltage or current to the UNKNOWN terminals. Doing so will damage the 4263B. Before you measure a capacitor, be sure the capacitor is fully discharged. 5. DC Bias Key enables or disables DC Bias output. 6. DC Bias ON/OFF Indicator turns ON when DC bias output is enabled, and OFF when it is disabled. 7. Measurement Time Key selects the measurement time mode from Short, Medium, or Long. (Shift) Average Key sets the averaging rate used to average the measurement result. 8. Show Setting Key - changes the mode of the Measurement Settings display. (Shift) Current / Voltage Monitor (I&V Mon) Key - sets the monitor function for the current and voltage. 9. Auto/Hold Range Key toggles the measurement range mode between Auto and Hold. (Shift) Range Setup Key selects the measurement range. 10. Left / Down Arrow ( /#) Keys and Up / Right Arrow ("/!) Keys- each increases or decreases the setting. 1-4 Getting Started 4263B 11. Measurement Parameter Key selects the measurement parameter to be displayed. (Shift) Deviation Measurement Mode (1Mode) Key - advances the display page when the measurement parameters are being set. 12. Frequency Key sets the test signal frequency. (Shift) Display Mode Key selects the display mode. 13. Level Key sets the test signal level. (Shift) Bias Setup Key selects the DC bias voltage. 14. Trigger Mode Key selects the trigger mode from Internal, Manual, or External. (Shift) Delay Key sets the trigger delay time. 15. Trigger Key triggers a measurement in the Manual trigger mode. 16. Local Key returns the 4263B to the Local mode from the GPIB Remote mode. (Shift) Address Key sets the GPIB address. 17. Recall Key recalls the instrument state data from internal memory. (Shift) Save Key stores the instrument state data to internal memory. 18. Primary Parameter Upper Limit (Pri High) Key - sets the upper comparator limit for the primary parameter. (Shift) Secondary Parameter Upper Limit (Sec High) Key - sets the upper comparator limit for the secondary parameter. 19. Primary Parameter Lower Limit (Pri Low) Key - sets the lower comparator limit for the primary parameter. (Shift) Secondary Parameter Lower Limit (Sec Low) Key - sets the lower comparator limit for the secondary parameter. Getting Started 1-5 4263B height 0 Key / (Shift) Key Lock Key locks out any key input except for this key. . Key / (Shift) Reset Key resets the 4263B to the default state. 0 Key / (Shift) Con guration Key sets the beeper setting and the power line frequency, and executes the internal test. 3 Key / (Shift) Cable Key sets the cable length. 2 Key / (Shift) Contact Check Key toggles the contact check function between ON and OFF. 1 Key / (Shift) Comparator Key toggles the comparator function between ON and OFF. 4 Key / (Shift) Open Key executes an OPEN correction. 5 Key / (Shift) Short key executes a SHORT correction. 6 Key / (Shift) Load Key execute a LOAD correction. 7 Key / (Shift) Minimum key inputs the minimum value when setting a parameter. 8 Key / (Shift) Maximum Key inputs the maximum value when setting a parameter. 9 Key Blue Shift Key activates the secondary functions printed above the front-panel keys. Note In this manual, the blue Shift key is expressed as the key is not labeled with \blue". , even though the top of Engineering Unit Key enters the engineering units: p, n, , m, k, and M. Back Space Key erases the last character entered when entering numeric values. Enter Key enters an input value to the 4263B and terminates the key entry for the current input function. 1-6 Getting Started 4263B Display This section introduces the display. For a more detailed description of each display eld, refer to Chapter 3. 1. Character Display Area displays the measurement result, instrument setting, and instrument messages. 2. Annunciator ( 9 ) points to the currently selected instrument setting. The Annunciator labels are as follows: a. Measurement Time indicates the current measurement time. b. Trigger indicates the current trigger mode. c. Hold Range indicates that the 4263B is in the Hold range mode. When in the Auto range mode, the Hold range annunciator is not displayed. d. Load On indicate that LOAD correction function is ON. e. Comparator On indicates that comparator function is ON. f. Contact Check indicates that the contact check function is ON. g. Talk Only indicates that the 4263B is in the talk only mode. h. Remote indicates that the 4263B is in the GPIB remote mode. i. Key Lock indicates that the 4263B's front-panel keys are locked out. j. Measurement Settings displays the 4263B's settings such as measurement voltage level, test signal frequency. The annunciator( 9 ) is not displayed here. k. Shift indicates that the shift toggle is activated. Getting Started 1-7 4263B Rear Panel This section gives a tour of the rear panel. For a more detailed description of each item on the rear panel, refer to Chapter 3. Caution Do not apply External DC bias voltage more than +2.5 V. Doing so will damage the 4263B 1. GPIB Interface is used to control the 4263B from an external controller by using the General Purpose Interface Bus ( gpib ). 2. External DC Bias Terminal is used to input an external DC bias. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. LINE Fuse Holder Handler Interface is used to synchronize timing with an external handler. External Trigger Terminal is used to trigger a measurement using an external signal. Serial Number Plate gives the instrument's manufacturing information. LINE Voltage Selector sets the 4263B to the voltage of the AC power source. Power Cord Receptacle 1-8 Getting Started 4263B Incoming Inspection Warning To avoid hazardous electrical shock, do not turn on the 4263B when there are signs of shipping damage to any portion of the outer enclosure (for example, covers, panel, or display) Inspect the shipping container for damage. If the shipping container or cushioning material is damaged, it should be kept until the contents of the shipment have been checked for completeness and the 4263B has been checked mechanically and electrically. The contents of the shipment are as follows: 4263B LCR Meter Power Cable Operation Manual(This Book) User's Guide If the contents are incomplete, if there is mechanical damage or defect, or if the analyzer does not pass the power-on selftests, notify the nearest Agilent Technologies oce. If the shipping container is damaged, or the cushioning material shows signs of unusual stress, notify the carrier as well as the Agilent Technologies oce. Keep the shipping materials for the carrier's inspection. Providing clearance to dissipate heat at installation site To ensure the speci cations and measurement accuracy of the product, you must keep ambient temperature around the product within the speci ed range by providing appropriate cooling clearance around the product or, for the rackmount type, by forcefully air-cooling inside the rack housing. For information on ambient temperature to satisfy the speci cations and measurement accuracy of the product, refer to Speci cations, and \Measurement Accuracy" in Chapter 8. When the ambient temperature around the product is kept within the temperature range of the operating environment speci cation, the product conforms to the requirements of the safety standard. Furthermore, under that temperature environment, it has been con rmed that the product still conforms to the requirements of the safety standard when it is enclosed with cooling clearance as follows: Conditions Rear 400 mm Side 100 mm Upper 15 mm Instruction for Cleaning For cleaning, wipe with soft cloth that is soaked with water and wrung tightly without undue pressure. Getting Started 1-9 4263B Power Cable In accordance with international safety standards, this instrument is equipped with a three-wire power cable. When connected to an appropriate ac power outlet, this cable grounds the instrument frame. The type of power cable shipped with each instrument depends on the country of destination. Refer to Figure 1-1 for the part numbers of the power cables available. Warning For protection from electrical shock, the power cable ground must not be defeated. The power plug must be plugged into an outlet that provides a protective earth ground connection. 1-10 Getting Started 4263B Figure 1-1. Power Cable Supplied Getting Started 1-11 4263B Preparation for Turning On Before you use the 4263B, you must set it to match the available power line voltage and frequency. Set power line voltage | refer to \Setting the Line Voltage". Set power line frequency { refer to \Turning On the 4263B and Setting the Line Frequency". Setting the Line Voltage The 4263B's power source requirements are as follows: Power Line Voltage : 100/120/220/240 Vac(610%) Power Line Frequency : 47 to 66Hz Power Consumption : 45 VA maximum Con rm that the LINE Voltage Selector on rear panel is set to match the power line voltage before plugging in the 4263B. Refer to Figure 1-2 1. Con rm that the power cable is disconnected. 2. Slide the LINE Voltage Selector on the rear panel to match your power line voltage. When your power line voltage is 100/120 Vac(610%), slide the Selector to 115 V. When your power line voltage is 220/240 Vac(610%), slide the Selector to 230 V. See Figure 1-2. Fuse Use the fuse shown in Table 1-1. If you require the fuse, contact the nearest Agilent Technologies sales oce. The fuse can be replaced by turning the fuse holder shown in Figure 1-2 counterclockwise until the fuse holder pops out with a minus screw driver. Figure 1-2. Voltage Selector and Fuse Voltage Selector 115V 230V 1-12 Getting Started Table 1-1. Line Voltage Selection Power Line Required Fuse Voltage 100/120Vac(610%) UL/CSA type, Time delay 0.5A 250V (Agilent part number 2110-0202) 220/240Vac(610%) UL/CSA type, TIme delay 0.25A 250V (Agilent part number 2110-0201) 4263B Turning On the 4263B and Setting the Line Frequency 1. Connect the power cable to Power Cord Receptacle on the rear panel. 2. Push the LINE switch in and the 4263B will emit a beep when it turns on. (If any message is displayed after the power-on self-test, refer to Messages back of this manual.) The 4263B will be ready for operation after a message similar to the one shown in the following gure. 3. Con rm that the power line frequency is set correctly. a. press .The following is displayed. b. Press until Line blinks, then press . A blinking item means that it is currently selected. c. If the setting does not match the power line frequency, press to toggle the setting between 50Hz and 60Hz. d. Press to set the AC power line frequency. Press until Exit blinks, and then press again to exit this menu. Note The power line frequency setting is stored and is not changed after reset or power-o . Once you set it, you do not need to set the line frequency again as long as the same power line frequency is being used. Getting Started 1-13 4263B Using the Front-Panel Keys The 4263B has four types of key operations as follows: Direct Execution Type Keys Toggle Type Keys Selection Type Keys Value Setup Type Keys This section shows the operation procedures for the 4263B when the front panel keys are used. Note If you want to exit an operation and go back to the measurement mode, press several times until you are back to the measurement mode. Direct Execution Type Keys Pressing a direct execution type key performs the pressed key's function immediately. Pressing applies DC bias. Toggle Type Keys Pressing a toggle type key switches the setting. An annunciator indicates the current setting. Pressing switches the measurement time. The Measurement Time annunciator ( 9 ) moves, and the current setting for measurement time is shown. Selection Type Keys Pressing a selection type key will display a menu or choices available for that key. The blinking item is the one currently selected. By using , or the selection key itself, the item selected can be changed. For example, to perform the self test, 1. Press . Exit is blinking. 2. Press to select Test. 3. Press . The self-test will start immediately. After the test is nished, the 4263B displays any existing error code, and returns to the menu. 4. Exit the menu by pressing after making Exit blink. 1-14 Getting Started 4263B Value Setup Type Keys Pressing a value setup type key will display the parameter entry display and prompt you to enter a value. For example, 1. Press . The display is shown below. The displayed value can be altered by using the following keys: Numeric Keys Maximum and Minimum Keys Back Space Key Down and Up Arrow Keys Numeric Keys Input the value which the 4263B will actually use. For example, to set the averaging rate to 10, 1. Press . 2. Press . You can also enter numeric parameters using engineering units. For example, 1. Press . 100pF will be displayed. Getting Started 1-15 4263B 2. Press again. 100nF will be displayed. 3. Press . 100pF will be displayed again. 4. Press to exit. Note Before you press , the previous setting is still the current setting, even if the displayed value has changed. If you press a key other than one of the keys in the ENTRY block before pressing , the setting will not change and the displayed value will be discarded. Minimum and Maximum Keys These keys enter the maximum and minimum numeric value in place of having to use the numeric keys. For example, 1. Press .The maximum value of averaging rate is displayed. 2. Press to enter the value and exit. Up/Right, Down/Left Arrow Keys Increases or decreases the numeric entry. For example, 1. Press to display GPIB address setting menu. 2. Press several times and con rm that the value changed. 3. Press to exit the menu. 1-16 Getting Started 4263B Back Space Key Erases the last entered character, and cancels the input value. For example, 1. Press to select the comparator limit menu. . 2. Press 3. Press . The number 4 which was entered last is erased. Getting Started 1-17 4263B Basic Operation The following procedure is commonly used to perform a measurement using the 4263B: 1. Con guration setup 2. Turning on the 4263B 3. Settting parameters 4. Error correction 5. Connecting the DUT to the test xture 6. Measurement This section provides the basic measurement procedure of the 4263B. Follow the instructions and become familiar with the 4263B's operation. Connecting a Test Fixture Resetting the 4263B Selecting the Measurement Parameter Selecting the Test Signal Frequency Selecting the Measurement Range Seting the Test Voltage Matching the Cable Length of Test Fixture Performing the OPEN, SHORT and LOAD Correction Caution Do not apply DC voltage or current to the UNKNOWN terminals. Doing so will damage the 4263B. Before you measure a capacitor, be sure the capacitor is fully discharged. Note If you have any problems operating the 4263B, refer to \If You Have a Problem" in Chapter 2. 1-18 Getting Started 4263B Connecting a Test Fixture Use the test xture suitable for your DUT type. The available xtures are shown in \Accessories Available". Figure 1-3. Connecting a Test Fixture Getting Started 1-19 4263B Resetting the 4263B Resetting the 4263B changes its settings to their default states. The 4263B's settings are held in backup memory for about 72 hours after the 4263B is turned OFF. So resetting is recommended when you start new measurements, even if you have just turned ON the 4263B. 1. Press to select the reset menu. 2. Press until Yes is blinking, then press . For more information about the default state settings of the 4263B, refer to \Reset Key " in Chapter 3. 1-20 Getting Started 4263B Selecting the Measurement Parameter The 4263B can measure the following parameters: Primary Z Y R G Cp Cs Lp Ls L2 Secondary   X B D, Q, G, Rp D, Q, Rs D, Q, G, Rp, Rdc D, Q, Rs, Rdc N, 1/N, M, R2 Note The primary parameter L2 and the secondary parameters Rdc, N, 1/N, M, and R2 can be selected only with Option 001 (Add N/M/DCR measurement function). These parameters are not displayed when the 4263B is not equipped with Option 001. 1. Press . Primary parameters are displayed. 2. Press or to select the desired parameter. 3. Press 4. The secondary parameters will be displayed. Select the desired secondary parameter by pressing or , in the same manner as the primary parameter. 5. Press Getting Started 1-21 4263B Setting the Test Signal Frequency 1. Press . The test signal frequency setting menu appears. 2. Select the desired frequency using is displayed. 3. Press . , or press until the desired frequency Selecting the Measurement Range The 4263B has two measurement range modes: Auto and Hold. The Auto mode changes measurement range automatically to t the measured value. The Hold mode xes the measurement range. The Hold Range annunciator turns ON when in the Hold Range mode. Auto Range mode To select the Auto range mode, press until the Hold Range annunciator turns OFF. Hold Range mode When the Hold Range annunciator ( 9 ) is shown, the measurement range is set to hold mode. To set the measurement range, press or while in this state, and pick a range above or below the current range. Or, 1. Press . Measurement range menu is displayed. 2. Press or until the desired range is displayed. Or, input the impedance value to be measured, and the 4263B selects the optimum measurement range setting. 3. Press . 1-22 Getting Started 4263B Setting the Test Signal Level 1. Press 2. Enter the desired value using the numeric key and the engineering key . Or press , or until the desired test signal level is displayed. When using the numeric key, the value can be set in 5 mV step. When using or , the level varies by 50 mV step. 3. Press Matching the Cable Length You can select four test cable lengths: 0 m, 1 m, 2 m, and 4 m. 0m When not using a test lead (connecting the xture directly to the UNKNOWN terminal) 1m When using the 16048A, 16089A/B/C/D test lead 2m When using the 16048D test lead 4m When using the 16048E test lead To select cable length, 1. Press . Cable lengths will be displayed. The blinking value is the current setting. 2. Select the desired cable length using 3. Press or . . Getting Started 1-23 4263B Performing the OPEN Correction Before connecting the Device Under Test (DUT) to the test xture, it is necessary to remove residual errors of the xture by performing the error correction function. The OPEN correction is for canceling the stray admittance in parallel with the DUT. To perform the OPEN correction, 1. Con rm that nothing is connected to the test xture. 2. Press . The OPEN correction menu is displayed. 3. Select OpenMeas using or , and press . The OPEN correction is performed with the following message. After a while, the 4263B completes OPEN correction with the message Open Correction Complete. If you select MeasVal in the OPEN correction menu, the 4263B displays the OPEN admittance measurement value (OPEN correction data). 1. Select MeasVal and press . The 4263B displays the primary parameter G. 2. Press The 4263B displays the secondary parameter B. 3. Press to return to the OPEN correction menu. The following warning message is displayed when the OPEN admittance jYoj is not less than 100 S and is unsuitable for the OPEN correction data. Even if this warning message is displayed, the OPEN correction data will be used. However, it would be better to verify that there is no error in the connection between the test xture and the UNKNOWN terminal, and in the OPEN correction procedure. 1-24 Getting Started 4263B Performing the SHORT Correction The SHORT correction is for canceling the e ects of the residual impedance in series with the DUT. To perform the SHORT correction, 1. Con gure the test electrodes in a SHORT con guration by connecting the High and Low electrodes to each other, or by connecting a shorting bar to the test xture. 2. Press . The SHORT correction menu is displayed. 3. Select ShortMeas using or , and press . The SHORT correction is performed with the following message. After a while, the 4263B completes SHORT correction with the message Short Correction Complete. If you select MeasVal in the SHORT correction menu, the 4263B displays the SHORT impedance measurement value (SHORT correction data). 1. Select MeasVal and press . The 4263B displays the primary parameter R. 2. Press . The 4263B displays the secondary parameter X. 3. Press to return to the SHORT correction menu. The following warning message is displayed when the SHORT impedance jZsj is not less than 10 and is unsuitable for the SHORT correction data. Even if this warning message is displayed, the SHORT correction data will be used. However, it would be better to verify that there is no error in the connection between the test xture and the UNKNOWN terminal, and in the SHORT correction procedure. Getting Started 1-25 4263B Performing the LOAD Correction The LOAD correction is for removing the complicated residual error that cannot be removed by the OPEN/SHORT correction. (The LOAD correction is not necessary when using an Agilent direct-connecting test xture.) The LOAD correction requires a LOAD standard device whose impendace value (reference value) is accurately known. For how to select the LOAD standard device and how to measure the LOAD standard's reference value, refer to \Standard for the LOAD Correction" in Chapter 7. The LOAD correction is performed as follows: 1. Connect the LOAD standard device to the test xture. 2. Press . The following menu is displayed. 3. Select CorVal using or , and press . The following menu is displayed. 4. Select PrmSlct using or , and press . The menu for selecting the LOAD standard's parameter type is displayed. For example, if the LOAD standard's reference value is in \Cp-D", select Cp in the following menu and press . After selecting the primary parameter, the menu for selecting the secondary parameter will appear. Select D in the same manner as the primary parameter Cp. When the parameter selection is completed, the 4263B will return to the menu of step-3. 5. Select RefEnt using or , and press . The menu for entering the LOAD standard's reference value is displayed as shown below. In this menu, enter the primary reference value using the numeric key, and press . Then the menu for entering the secondary reference value will appear. Enter the secondary reference value in the same manner as the primary. When the reference value entry is completed, the 4263B will return to the menu of step-3. 1-26 Getting Started 4263B 6. Select Exit using or and press . The 4263B returns to the menu of step-2. 7. Select LoadMeas using or , and press . The LOAD measurement is performed with the following message. When the LOAD measurement is completed, the 4263B returns to the measurement display. To turn ON the LOAD correction data, 8. Press to display the LOAD correction main menu again. 9. Select On/Off using or , and press . The following menu is displayed. 10. Select On using or , and press . The LOAD correction data is turned on, and the 4263B returns to the previous menu. Select Exit to return to the measurement display. Getting Started 1-27 4263B If you select MeasVal in the menu of step-3, the 4263B displays the LOAD measurement value (LOAD correction data). 1. Select MeasVal and press . The 4263B displays the primary parameter of the LOAD measurement data. 2. Press . The 4263B displays the secondary parameter of the LOAD measurement data. 3. Press to return to the previous menu. The following warning message is displayed when the di erence between the LOAD measurement value and the reference value is more than 20%. Even if this warning message is displayed, the LOAD correction data will be used. However, it would be better to verify that there is no error in the connection between the test xture and the UNKNOWN terminal, and in the LOAD correction procedure. 1-28 Getting Started 2 Operating the 4263B This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for using the 4263B LCR Meter. This chapter includes the following sections: Measurement Con guration Triggering a Measurement Applying the DC Bias Using the Comparator Display Con guration Locking Out the Front Panel keys Returning the Local Mode (Exiting the Remote Mode) Saving and Recalling Instrument Settings Printing Measurement Data Testing the 4263B If You Have a Problem Refer to Chapter 3 for the description of each front panel key's function. Measurement Con guration This section discusses the 4263B's general con guration topics that apply to many or all measurement functions. Selecting Measurement Time Mode To select measurement time mode, press settings (Short, Med or Long). . The annunciator( 9 ) displays the current Setting the Averaging Rate To set the averaging time: 1. Press . Operating the 4263B 2-1 4263B 2. Enter the desired value. 3. Press to set the value and to exit. Setting Trigger Delay Time To set the trigger delay time: 1. Press . 2. Enter the desired value. 3. Press to set the value and to exit. Setting Contact Check The Cont Chk annunciator tells whether the contact check function is set or not. Note When the measurement parameter is L2-N, L2-1/N, L2-M, or L2-R2, the contact check function can not be set. Before performing the contact check, perform OPEN and SHORT correction to measure the reference values for the contact check. To turn ON the contact check function. Press . To turn OFF the contact check function. Press again. 2-2 Operating the 4263B 4263B Setting the Beeper Mode To change the beeper mode for comparator result reporting; 1. Press . 2. Select Beep using or , and press . 3. Select the desired Beep mode using or , and press selection is completed, the 4263B returns to the previous menu. 4. To exit, select Exit using or , and press . . When the Beep mode Setting the Level Monitor Mode To set the level monitor mode: Press . Select the desired mode using , and press . Operating the 4263B 2-3 4263B Triggering a Measurement The 4263B has four trigger source modes: Internal, Manual, External, or Bus. The Trigger annunciator shows which trigger source is selected. Note When the bus trigger mode is selected, none of the Trigger annunciators are ON. The bus trigger mode can be set by GPIB commands only. To Trigger Internally 1. Press until the Int trigger annunciator is ON. To Trigger Manually 1. Press until the Man trigger annunciator is ON. 2. Press to trigger a measurement. To Trigger Externally 1. Connect an external trigger source to the Ext Trigger terminal on the 4263B's rear panel. 2. Press until the Ext trigger annunciator is ON. 3. Apply a TTL level trigger signal to trigger a measurement. Applying the DC Bias The DC Bias ON/OFF indicator tells whether the DC bias is applied or not. Using the Internal DC Bias Source 1. Press . 2. Select the desired DC voltage value using or . 3. Press to enter the value and exit. 4. Press to apply the DC bias. The DC Bias ON/OFF indicator is ON. 2-4 Operating the 4263B 4263B 5. Press again to turn OFF the DC bias. The DC Bias ON/OFF indicator is OFF. Using an External DC Bias Source 1. Connect an external DC bias source to the Ext DC Bias Terminal on the 4263B's rear panel. For details about the external DC bias voltage, refer to \ External DC Bias Terminal" in Chapter 3 2. Press . 3. Select Ext using or , and press . 4. Press to apply the DC bias. The DC Bias ON/OFF indicator will turn ON. 5. Press again to turn OFF the DC bias. The DC Bias ON/OFF indicator will turn OFF. Using the Comparator Function The comparator function is for sorting DUTs based on their parameter values. The Comprtr On annunciator tells whether the comparator function is set to ON or OFF. To set the limit values 1. Select the limit to be set by pressing or for the primary parameter, and or for the secondary parameter. For exmple, if you want to set the lower limit of the primary parameter, press . The following menu is displayed. 2. Enter the desired limit value, and press . Operating the 4263B 2-5 4263B Note If you do not want to set a limit value for either the upper or lower limit of the primary/secondary parameters, set a maximum or minimum value for that value. To start sorting Press shift; . To display the sorting results Pressing . The menu for selecting the display mode appears as follows. If Comprtr is selected in this menu, the comparison result is displayed as follows. To stop sorting: Press . Display Con guration Displaying Deviation Data The 1 before the measurement parameter on the LCD display tells that the displayed value for the parameter is the deviation value. Setting the Reference Value 1. Press . 2-6 Operating the 4263B 4263B 2. Select 1RefEnt using or , and press . The 4263B displays the menu for entering the primary parameter's reference value (1Ref Primary=). To set by measuring a reference DUT: a. Press regardless of the trigger mode. The primary parameter is measured and the measurement result is displayed. Press to enter the measurement value as the primary reference. b. Then the 4263B displays the menu for entering the secondary parameter's reference value (1Ref Secondary=). Press in the same manner as the primary parameter. The secondary parameter is measured and the measurement result is displayed. Press to enter the measurement value as the secondary reference. To set by entering a value: a. Enter the primary parameter's reference value using the numeric key, and press . b. Then the prodno; displays the menu for entering the secondary parameter's reference value (1Ref Secondary=). Enter the secondary parameter's reference value using the numeric key, and press . Selecting the Deviation Display Mode To select the deviation display mode (Off, 1, or 1%), 3. To select the deviation display mode for the primary parameter, press or to select Pri, and press . The following menu is displayed. Select the desired mode (1ABS, 1%, or Off) using or , then press . 4. To select the deviation display mode for the secondary parameter, press or to select Sec, and press . The same menu as above gure is displayed. Select the mode for the secondary parameter in the same manner as the primary parameter. Operating the 4263B 2-7 4263B Changing the Measurement Settings Display Mode Each time is pressed, the current settings of the 4263B are displayed one after another on the right side of the LCD. The information displayed and the order of display is as follows: 1. Test signal frequency and Test signal level 2. DC bias and Averaging rate 3. Trigger delay and Cable length 4. Comparator limit of the primary parameter 5. Comparator limit of the secondary parameter 6. Level monitor value When both the current and voltage moniotor are turned on, the 4263B displays them as shown in the following gure. When either of the current or voltage monitor is turned o , the test signal frequency is displayed instead. When both of them are turned o , the 4263B displays Vmon:OFF, Imon:OFF. 2-8 Operating the 4263B 4263B If you press again after the level monitor value is displayed, the 4263B will return to the test signal frequency and test signal level display. Setting the Display Digit and Display Mode If you press , the display mode selecting menu appears. Select the desired display or . (Data: displays the measurement data, Comprtr: displays the mode using result of the comparator, Off: turns the display OFF.). You can exit this menu by selecting Exit. If you select Digit, the menu for setting display digit appears. Select the desired digit using or , and press . After setting the digit, the 4263B will return to the previous menu. Locking Out the Front Panel Keys To lockout the keys: Press . To unlock the keys: Press again. Operating the 4263B 2-9 4263B Returning the Local Mode (Exiting the Remote Mode) To return the 4263B to local mode from GPIB remote mode: Press . Setting the GPIB Address 1. Press . 2. Enter the desired value, then press to set the value and to exit. Saving and Recalling Instrument Settings The 4263B can save and recall the instrument's settings. Saved items are same as ones stored in the back-up memory listed in \LINE Switch" in Chapter 3 description. To save the current settings: 1. Press . 2. Enter the register number (0 to 9) that you want to save the settings into. 3. Press to save. 2-10 Operating the 4263B 4263B Note Record the register number that you used for future reference. To recall a setting. 1. Press . 2. Enter the register number (0 to 9) that you want to recall the settings from. 3. Press to recall. Printing Measurement Data The 4263B can print measurement data to an GPIB compatible printer without using an external controller. To print measurement data, 1. Set the printer to listen-always mode. 2. Connect the printer to the 4263B's GPIB port. 3. Turn the printer ON. 4. Set the 4263B's GPIB address to 31 (talk only mode). Press . The printer will automatically begin printing the measurement data. 5. To stop printing, change the 4263B's GPIB address to an address other than 31 (for example, 17, which is the default setting). Press . Operating the 4263B 2-11 4263B Testing the 4263B Performing a Self-Test The 4263B has a self-test function to check its basic performance. 1. Press . 2. Select Test using or , then press to execute the self test. If any error message is displayed, refer to \Messages" back of this manual. 3. Select Exit and press to exit. Testing the Front Panel Keys' Functionality The 4263B has a service function to test the functionality of the front panel keys, the handler interface, the ROM, the RAM, and the EEPROM). This section describes how to test the front panel keys' functionality. Note For the handler interface test, refer to Chapter 9 for the procedure. The other tests are for use by service personnel only. 1. Press . 2. Select Svc using or and press . 3. Select KEY using or and press . 4. Press the front panel key that you want to test. For example, if you want to test , then press . When the key functions properly, KEY CODE:5 TRIGGER is displayed. Otherwise, there will be no such display, and the key is not functioning correctly. Contact your nearest Agilent Technologies oce. 2-12 Operating the 4263B 4263B 5. To exit the front panel key test, press 6. Select Exit and press twice. to exit. Operating the 4263B 2-13 4263B If You Have a Problem If the Display is Blank and the 4263B Appears Dead If the display is blank, and even the annunciators are not ON: Check the fuse. If an Error Message is Displayed Refer to \Messages." If the 4263B does not Accept Any Key Input Check whether the Rmt annunciator is ON. Check whether the external controller is disabling all the front-panel controls using the LOCAL LOCKOUT command. If so, send the LOCAL command from the external controller. Press . Check whether the Key Lock annunciator is ON. Check whether the handler or the 16064B LED display/trigger box is connected to the 4263B and it locks out the keys. If so, unlock the keys from the handler or the 16064B. Press . 2-14 Operating the 4263B 3 Function Reference and Technical Information This chapter provides information on all of the 4263B's functions. Front Panel Rear Panel Technical Information Function Reference and Technical Information 3-1 4263B Front Panel Note Figure 3-1. Front Panel In this manual, the blue shift key is expressed as the key is not labeled with the word \blue." Display , even though the top of The display serves two functions | character display and annunciator display. The character display shows the measurement result, instrument setting information, and instrument messages. The 4263B has four measurement display modes. For details about the display mode, refer to \Display Mode Key ". The annunciators ( 9 ) point to the currently selected instrument settings. The annunciator labels are as follows: Meas Time Displays the measurement time mode. Trigger Indicates the trigger mode setting: Int (Internal trigger mode), Man (Manual trigger mode), or Ext (External trigger mode). Hold Range Indicates that the 4263B is in Hold range mode. When this annunciator is not displayed, the 4263B is in Auto range mode. Load On Indicates that the LOAD correction is turned ON. Comprtr On Indicates that the comparator function is ON. (Comparator On) Cont Chk (Contact Indicates that the contact check function is ON. Check) Talk Only Indicates that the 4263B is in the Talk Only mode. Rmt (Remote) Indicates that the 4263B is in the GPIB remote mode. Key Lock Indicates that the 4263B's front panel keys are locked out. Shift Indicates that the is pressed. (Shift is active.) 3-2 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B LINE Switch The LINE Switch turns the 4263B ON or OFF. In the 1(ON) position, power is applied and all operating voltages are applied to the instrument. In the 0(OFF) position, no power is applied and no operating voltages are applied to the instrument. The 4263B's settings are held in backup memory for about 72 hours after power is turned OFF. The following settings are backed up: Test signal frequency Test signal level DC bias source selection (internal or external) DC bias voltage setup Measurement parameters Deviation measurement mode Measurement range mode - Auto or Hold Measurement range Measurement time Averaging rate Cable length Trigger mode Trigger delay Contact check function ON/OFF state Comparator function ON/OFF state Comparator limit value Level monitor setting Display mode Display digits setting Note The DC bias ON/OFF state is not saved. At power on, the 4263B sets the DC bias output to OFF. Note The 4263B has non-volatile memory (EEPROM) in addition to the backup memory. The data saved to EEPROM such as OPEN/SHORT/LOAD correction data and the beeper mode is not lost when the power is turned o . Chassis Terminal The Chassis terminal is tied to the instrument's chassis and can be used for measurements that require guarding. UNKNOWN Terminals These are the terminals used to connect a four-terminal-pair test xture or test leads for measuring DUTs. The connector type is BNC. Caution Do not apply DC voltage or current to the UNKNOWN terminals. Doing so will damage the 4263B. Before you measure a capacitor, be sure the capacitor is fully discharged. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-3 4263B DC Bias Key The DC Bias key enables or disables DC Bias output. When DC Bias output is enabled by either the internal DC bias source or the external bias source, the DC Bias ON/OFF indicator turns ON. DC Bias voltage is set using the DC Bias Setup key (refer to \DC Bias Setup Key "). Note The DC bias function is inhibited automatically when the measurement parameter is LS-Rdc, LP-Rdc, or L2-R2 (Option 001 only). Measurement Parameter Key Sets the measurement parameters. The measurement parameters are as follows: Primary Z Y R G Cp Cs Lp Ls L2 Secondary   X B D, Q, G, Rp D, Q, Rs D, Q, G, Rp, Rdc D, Q, Rs, Rdc N, 1/N, M, R2 where, Z: Y: R: G: Cp : Absolute value of impedance Absolute value of admittance Resistance Conductance Equivalent parallel capacitance Cs : Lp : Ls : L2 : Equivalent series capacitance Equivalent parallel inductance Equivalent series inductance Inductance1 1 These parameters are measured using two-terminal con guration. Use the 16060A Transformer Test Fixture. Secondary Parameters  : X: B: D: Q: G: Rp: Phase angle Reactance Susceptance Dissipation factor Quality factor Conductance Equivalent parallel resistance Rs : Rdc: N: 1/N: M: R2 : Equivalent series resistance DC resistance Turn ratio of transformer1 Reciprocal of N1 Mutual inductance1 DC resistance1 1 These parameters are measured using two-terminal con guration. Use the 16060A Transformer Test Fixture. 3-4 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Note The primary parameter L2 and the secondary parameters Rdc, N, 1/N, M, and R2 can be set only with Option 001 (N / M / DCR measurement function addition) is present. These parameters cannot be set if the 4263B is not equipped with Option 001. When performing a measurement with the primary parameter L2 and the corresponding secondary parameters N, 1/N, M, and R2, the transformer measurement setup is required. Refer to \N / M / DCR Parameter Measurement" later in this chapter. Deviation (1) Mode Key The Deviation (1) Mode key selects the deviation measurement mode which displays the di erence between the measured value and a reference value. This key is also used for entering the deviation reference value. The available deviation modes are as follows: 1ABS mode Displays the di erence between the measured value and a reference value. The value is calculated by M easuredV alue 1% mode 0 ReferenceV alue Displays the di erence between the measurement value and the reference value as a percentage of the reference value. The value is calculated by 0 M easuredV alue ReferenceV alue ReferenceV alue 2 100 O Turns the deviation measurement mode OFF. (default) Note Changing the measurement parameter sets the deviation mode of both the primary and secondary parameters to OFF. Measurement Time Key The Measurement Time key sets measurement time mode: SHORT, MED (Medium), or LONG. A longer measurement time produces a more accurate measurement result. The default setting is MED (Medium). Average Key The Average key sets the measurement averaging rate. The 4263B automatically averages the measurement result by this rate. The averaging rate can be set from 1 to 256. The default setting is 1. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-5 4263B Frequency Key The Frequency key sets the test signal frequency value. Available frequency values are: 100 Hz 120 Hz 1 kHz (default) 10 kHz (Not available when the cable length setting is 4 m) 20 kHz (Not available when the cable length setting is 4 m; Option 002 only) 100 kHz (Not available when the cable length setting is 2 m or 4 m) Display Mode Key The Display Mode key selects the display mode. The available display modes are as follows: Data Displays the measurement data. (default) When the contact check function is ON and the contact check result fails, N.C. (no-contact) will be displayed instead of the measurement data. Comprtr (When comparator function is ON) Displays the result of the comparison as HI (greater than upper limit), IN (passed), LO (less than lower limit), or N.C. (contact check failed). (When comparator function is OFF) Displays COMP OFF. O Turns the display OFF. Also, if you select Digit in this menu, the menu for setting the display digits appears. You can set the display digits of the measurement data to 3, 4 or 5. Measurement Settings Display Key Displays the current settings of the 4263B. The settings are sequentially displayed on the right side of the LCD display each time is pressed. The following information is displayed: Test signal frequency and Test signal level DC bias value and Averaging rate Trigger delay time and Cable length Comparator Upper / Lower Limits Level monitor value Level Monitor Key The level monitor function monitors the actual signal current owing through the DUT and the actual signal voltage across the DUT. The following four modes are available: O Does not monitor current or voltage. Imon Monitors current only. Vmon Monitors voltage only. Both Monitors both current and voltage. 3-6 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Level Key Sets the test signal level in the range of 0.02 V to 1 V. If using or , the test signal level can be set in 0.05 V step. If using the numeric keys, the test signal level can be set in 0.005 V step. Note If the measurement range is set to 0.1 and the test signal level is changed to less than 0.315 V, the range will be changed to 1 automatically. DC Bias Setup Key The DC Bias Setup key sets the DC bias voltage level. The available DC Bias voltage levels are 0 V, 1.5 V, 2 V, and EXT (External source; input from the Ext DC Bias terminal on the rear panel: 0 to 2.5 V). For details about the external DC bias terminal, refer to \ External DC Bias Terminal". Auto/Hold Range Key The Auto/Hold Range key toggles the measurement range mode between Auto or Hold. The Auto mode allows the instrument to select the optimum range automatically within 5 measurement cycles. In the Hold mode, the 4263B's measurement range is xed at the range you select. The default setting is Auto. The Hold Range annunciator indicates the current mode. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-7 4263B Range Setup Key The Range Setup key sets the measurement range, according to the following table. Table 3-1. Measurement Range Selection Range Setup Optimum Measurement Range Measurable Range1 jZj  900k 1 M 2 1 M  jZj < 10 M jZj  90 k 100 k  jZj < 1 M 100 k 2 jZj  9 k 10 k 10 k  jZj < 100 k jZj  900 1 k 1 k  jZj < 10 k 100 10 < jZj < 1 k All jZj  11 10 1 < jZj  10 jZj  1.1 1 100 m < jZj  1 jZj  110 m 0.1 3 jZj  100 m 1 Accuracy not speci ed across this full range. 2 Not available when the test signal frequency is 100 kHz. 3 Not available when the test signal level is less than 315 mV. \OVLD" is displayed on the LCD display when the measured impedance is out of the measurable range. The 4263B can display measurement result in the following ranges: Parameter Z RS, RP, DCR, X Y GS, GP, B CS, CP Table 3-2. Displayable Range Parameter Displayable Range LS, LP, 0.01 m  999.99 M L1, L2, M 6 0.01 m  6 999.99 M 0.1 ns9999.9 s 6 0.1 ns  69999.9 s 6 1 fF  6 9.9999 F D Q  N Displayable Range 6 0.1 nH  6 999.99 kH 6 0.0001  6 9.9999 6 0.1  6 9999.9 0 180   + 180  6 0.9  999.99 \-------" is displayed on the LCD display when the measurement result is out of the displayable range. Trigger Key The Trigger key triggers a measurement when the 4263B is in the Manual trigger mode. See also \Trigger Mode Key ". 3-8 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Trigger Mode Key The Trigger Mode key selects the trigger source which is the input that will generate the measurement. The available trigger sources are as follows: Int (Internal) The 4263B is triggered automatically and continuously. (Default) Man (Manual) The 4263B is triggered when the key is pressed. Ext (External) The 4263B is triggered by a pulse input through the External Trigger terminal or through the handler interface. Refer to \External Trigger Terminal" or \Handler Interface" for detail. Bus (Available only in the GPIB remote mode.) The 4263B is triggered by the GET or *TRG commands through the GPIB. The trigger mode setting is indicated by the Trigger annunciator. (In the Bus trigger mode, the annunciator is not displayed.) Delay Key The Delay key sets the trigger delay time between the trigger event and the start of the actual measurement. The available trigger delay time value ranges from 0 to 9.999 s. Note The delay time de nition is di erent for DC resistance measurement (Ls-Rdc, Lp-Rdc, and L2-R2: Option 001 only). For details, see \Test Current Transient" in this chapter. Local Key The Local key returns the 4263B to the local (front-panel) operation from the remote (computer controlled) operation mode. The Local key is the only active front-panel key while the 4263B is in the GPIB remote mode. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-9 4263B Address Key The Address key sets the 4263B's GPIB address. The available GPIB addresses are the integer numbers 0 to 30, and address 31 is the Talk Only mode in which the 4263B only outputs data through the GPIB interface. Resetting or powering o doesn't a ect the 4263B's address setting. In Talk Only Mode, the output data format is, <stat>, <data1>, <data2>, <comp1>, <comp2> Where, <stat> : Measurement status 0 : Normal 1 : Overload 2 : No-Contact <data1> <data2> : Measurement data of the primary parameter : Measurement data of the secondary parameter : Comparison result of the primary parameter (no output when the comparator is OFF) <comp2> : Comparison result of the secondary parameter (no output when the comparator is OFF) 0 : OFF 1 : In 2 : High 4 : Low 8 : No-Contact <comp1> Save Key The Save Key stores the instrument's current settings into non-volatile memory (EEPROM). Saved items are same as ones stored in the back-up memory listed in \LINE Switch" description. Up to 10 sets of instrument settings can be saved. You must enter the register number, 0 to 9, to assign the register into which the settings will be saved. Caution The 4263B overwrites the instrument's settings into the assigned register without warning. If settings are already stored in the assigned register, they will be lost. Recall Key The Recall Key is used to recall instrument settings saved in non-volatile memory (EEPROM) (see \Save Key "). You must enter the register number, 0 to 9, from which to recall the settings. If the register selected is empty, the error message \RECALL FAILED" is displayed. Note Recalling an 4263B setting doesn't a ect the DC bias ON/OFF state. 3-10 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Comparator Limit Keys These keys sets the upper/lower limit for the comparator Pass/Fail test. If / is pressed, the menu for setting the primary parameter's lower / upper limit appears. If / is pressed, the menu for setting the secondary parameter's lower / upper limit appears. Left/Down Arrow Key and Up/Right Arrow Key, These keys have the following three functions: When you enter a setting value, these keys increase or decrease the setting value. When you select an item in the selection menu, these keys are used to select the item (the selected item blinks). 0,1,..,9,1(Point),0(Minus) Keys, ... These keys are used to enter parameter values. Enter Key The Enter key terminates data input or setting, and returns to the measurement mode. Shift Key The Shift key activates the secondary functions printed above the keys. The shift key toggle is cleared a single execution of a shifted function or by pressing the shift key again. For example, if is pressed, the OPEN correction menu is displayed. The Shift annunciator is displayed when the shift key is toggled to the active mode. Engineering Units Key The Engineering Units key enters engineering units. The available units are: f (femto) : p (pico) : n (nano) :  (micro) : m (milli) : 2 10015 2 10012 2 1009 2 1006 2 1003 k (kilo) : M (mega) : G (giga) : T (tera) : Pressing changes the units in increasing order. Pressing decreasing order. 2 103 2 106 2 109 2 1012 changes the units in Function Reference and Technical Information 3-11 4263B Back Space key The Back Space Key deletes a single preceding character of an input value. Minimum Key The Minimum key enters the minimum value during a parameter setting operation. Maximum Key The Maximum key enters the maximum value during a setting operation. 3-12 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Open Key The Open key executes the OPEN correction measurement to obtain the OPEN correction data (OPEN admittance). The 4263B uses this data to cancel the measurement errors due to the stray admittance of the test xture. The data is stored in non-volatile memory (EEPROM). The OPEN measurement must be done with nothing connected to the test xture. The following OPEN correction menu is displayed when is pressed. OpenMeas | Performs the OPEN measurement to get the OPEN correction data. MeasVal | Displays the measured OPEN correction data. When MeasVal is selected and is pressed, the 4263B displays the primary parameter G (conductance). Then the 4263B displays the secondary parameter B (susceptance) when is pressed again. Exit | Exits the OPEN correction menu. The OPEN correction data is taken at the following instrument settings: Test signal frequency : Sweeping all frequency points (include DC) Test signal level : Current setting DC bias : OFF Measurement range : Auto Measurement time : Long Averaging rate : 1 Trigger delay : 0s Cable length : Current setting If the OPEN admittance is not less than 100 S, the 4263B displays \WARNING: Out Of Limit" This is only a WARNING message, so the OPEN Correction data will still be used. OPEN correction data is saved in non-volatile memory (EEPROM), and is cleared when 4263B is reset. It is not cleared when the *RST command was executed from GPIB. You cannot disable the correction function using the front-panel keys, but you can using the GPIB command. Refer to \[:SENSe]:CORRection[:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g" in Chapter 5. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-13 4263B Short Key The Short key executes the SHORT correction measurement to obtain the SHORT correction data (SHORT impedance). The 4263B uses this data to cancel the measurement errors due to the residual impedance of the test xture. The data is stored in non-volatile memory (EEPROM). The SHORT measurement must be done with the high and low terminals shorted together. If you press , The following SHORT correction menu is displayed when is pressed. ShortMeas | Performs the SHORT measurement to get the SHORT correction data. MeasVal | Displays the measured SHORT correction data. When MeasVal is selected and is pressed, the 4263B displays the primary parameter R (resistance). Then the 4263B displays the secondary parameter X (reactance) when is pressed again. Exit | Exits the SHORT correction menu. The SHORT correction data is taken at the following instrument settings: Test signal frequency : Sweeping all frequency points (include DC) Test signal level : Current setting DC Bias : OFF Measurement range : Auto Measurement time : Long Averaging rate : 1 Trigger delay : 0s Cable length : Current setting If the SHORT impedance is not less than 10 , the 4263B displays \WARNING: Out Of Limit" This is only a WARNING message, so the SHORT correction data will still be used. SHORT correction data is saved in non-volatile memory (EEPROM), and is cleared when 4263B is reset. It is not cleared when the *RST command was executed from GPIB. You cannot disable the Correction function using the front-panel keys, but you can using the GPIB commands. Refer to \[:SENSe]:CORRection[:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g" in Chapter 5. Note When performing transformer measurement (L2-N, L2-1/N, L2-M, or L2-R2), the SHORT correction function does not work e ectively. For details, refer to \Transformer Parameters Measurement". 3-14 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Load Key The Load Key executes the LOAD correction. The LOAD correction is performed by connecting a LOAD standard device which has been previously measured. By performing the LOAD correction in addition to the OPEN/SHORT correction, the 4263B can remove measurement error resulting from the complex residual impedance which cannot be completely removed by the OPEN/SHORT correction. The LOAD correction is not necessary when performing a measurement by directly connecting an Agilent test xture to the 4263B. The following LOAD correction menu is displayed when is pressed. On/O | The menu to toggle ON/OFF of the LOAD correction If you select On/Off, the following menu appears. On Turns ON the LOAD correction. Load On annunciator appears. O Turns OFF the LOAD correction. Load On annunciator disappears. LoadMeas | Measures the LOAD standard to get the LOAD correction data. Corval | The menu for entering the LOAD standard's reference value If you select CorVal, the following menu appears. PrmSlct The menu for selecting the parameter model of the LOAD standard If you select PrmSlct, the menu for selecting the primary parameter and the secondary parameter will appear in turn. For example, when the LOAD standard has been assigned a value of Cp-D, Cp is selected here for the primary parameter, and D is selected here for the secondary parameter. RefEnt The menu for entering the LOAD reference value If you select RefEnt, the menu for entering the reference value of the primary parameter and the secondary parameter will appear in turn. Enter the LOAD reference value here. MeasVal Displays the measured LOAD correction data. If you select MeasVal, the primary and secondary parameters of the measured LOAD correction data will be displayed in turn. Exit Exits this menu and return to the LOAD correction main menu. Exit | Exits the LOAD correction main menu. The LOAD standard measurement is executed with the following settings. Test Signal Frequency Current setting Test Signal Level Current setting DC Bias OFF Measurement Range Auto Measurement Time LONG Averaging Rate 1 Trigger Delay Time 0s Cable Length Current setting Function Reference and Technical Information 3-15 4263B If the di erence between the LOAD measurement value and reference value is more than 20 %, the 4263B displays \WARNING: Out Of Limit" This is only a WARNING message, so the LOAD correction data will still be used. The LOAD correction data is saved in non-volatile memory (EEPROM), and is cleared when the 4263B is reset. It is not cleared when the *RST command was executed from GPIB. Comparator Key The Comparator key toggles the comparator function ON and OFF. The comparator determines whether the measurement result (displayed value) is within the upper and lower limits set by the Primary and Secondary Comparator Limit keys. When the comparator function is ON, the Comptr On annunciator will be displayed. The comparison results can be displayed on the LCD display, can be output to the handler interface, or can be revealed by the beeper. The comparator will yield one of the following results: HI (high) : Greater than upper limit IN (in) : Between the upper limit and lower limit LO (low) : Less than lower limit N.C. (no-contact) : Contact check failed (at contact check ON state) In addition, these results are transmitted to the following destinations: Destination Comparison Display : Handler Interface : Beep (FAIL mode) : (PASS mode) : Note Condition HI, IN, LO, N.C. HI, IN, LO, N.C. HI, LO, N.C. IN When the measurement parameter or the deviation mode is changed, the comparator function is automatically turned OFF. 3-16 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Contact Check Key The Contact Check key toggles the contact check function ON and OFF. This function monitors whether the DUT is properly connected to the test electrodes. When the contact check fails, N.C. (No-Contact) will be displayed on the LCD display. The measurement status of the GPIB output data is set to 2 (No-Contact). Refer to \Address Key " for the GPIB output data. The /NO CONTACT pin of the handler interface is asserted. Refer to \Handler Interface" for the pin assignment of the handler interface. The measurement is still performed, but the measurement result is output to the GPIB interface and the handler interface. To detect a no-contact condition correctly, the OPEN and SHORT corrections must be performed properly. Because the contact check function uses the values taken by the OPEN and SHORT corrections as reference values. The available range of the contact check function is restricted as follows: Measurement Range Setup 0.1 1 10 100 1 k 10 k 100 k 1 M Contact Check Available Range 5 m < jZj < 0.11 50 m < jZj < 1.1 500 m < jZj < 11 5 < jZj < 2 k 900 < jZj < 20 k 9 k  jZj < 200 k 90 k  jZj < 2 M 900 k < jZj < 20 M For the DUTs which are out of these ranges, the contact check result will always be N.C.. Note The contact check function is not available with the transformer measurement parameters, L2-N, L2-1/N, L2-M, and L2-R2 (parameters available with Option 001 only). Function Reference and Technical Information 3-17 4263B Cable Key The Cable key allows you to accurately extend your measurement or reference plane. Parasitics and phase shift due to the cable are automatically removed with the Cable key. The 4263B has four reference plane as follows: Cable Length 0 m1 1m 2m 4m Reference Plane UNKNOWN Terminal Termination of 16089A/B/C/D Termination of 16048D Termination of 16048E Available Frequency Range 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz , 20 kHz2 , 100 kHz 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 20 kHz2 , 100 kHz 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 20 kHz2 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz 1 Default 2 Option 002 only Note In the 2 m and 4 m settings, the 4263B has limits on the usable test signal frequency. If changing the cable length causes the frequency limits to be exceeded, the 4263B will set the frequency to the maximum frequency which is within the frequency limits for the selected cable length. To use this function, you must use the Agilent's test leads. Refer to \Accessories Available" in Chapter 1 for applicable test leads and their length. Key Lock Key The Key lock key locks out all front panel keys input except for this key. To cancel the key lock condition, press again. The key lock state is indicated by the annunciator. Note The Key lock state can also be controlled from the handler interface. When the Key lock state is set by the handler, all front panel keys, including , will be locked. In this case, the Key lock state can only be released by the handler. 3-18 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Reset Key The Reset key resets all instrument settings and Correction data to the default values. The default settings are as follows: Item Reset key :SYST:PRES1 *RST1 1 kHz Test signal frequency 1V Test signal level Measurement parameter Cp-D Deviation measurement OFF Deviation reference values Cleared Measurement range Auto Medium Measurement time mode 1 Averaging rate Trigger mode Internal 0s Trigger delay time OFF Contact Check ON/OFF state Comparator ON/OFF state OFF Comparator limits Cleared Display mode Measure Display DC bias source Internal DC bias setup 0V OFF DC bias ON/OFF state Correction ON/OFF state ON OFF Correction method OPEN/SHORT Correction data Cleared No e ect Cable length 0m Beep ON/OFF state ON Beep mode FAIL mode Data transfer format ASCII No e ect Power line frequency GPIB Address No e ect Key lock N/A No e ect OFF :INIT:CONT ON OFF Stored in Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory None None EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM None None 1 \ " indicates the value is the same as what's indicated to the left. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-19 4263B Con guration Key The Con guration key allows you to set the beeper mode, choose the power line frequency and to execute service functions and the self-test. Beep | Comparison results output to the beeper are classi ed into following modes: OFF Does not emit a beep (no output to beeper). PASS Emits a beep when the comparison result is IN. FAIL Emits a beep when the comparison result is HI, LO, or N.C.. (default) Note In the OFF mode, the 4263B does not emit a beep when the system error or operation error occurs. Line | Available power line frequencies are 50 Hz and 60 Hz. Svc | There are ve service functions. Tests the front-panel keys. HNDL Tests the handler output signal. CSUM Runs ROM check sum program. RAM Tests RAM (the read-write test). After the test, the 4263B resets the instrument's settings. EEPROM Tests EEPROM. The data stored in EEPROM is not a ected when no error is detected. If errors are detected, the 4263B clears the data and restores the default data. Test (Self-test) | The self-test tests the 4263B's basic performance and displays the results as the sum of the error codes of each existing error. The 4263B also executes its self-test when it is turned ON (power-on test). The settings of the 4263B are not a ected by the self-test, except when errors occur (See below). KEY Item Result Error Code 1. Beeper Emits a beep | 2. Display Display all digits and segments | 3. RAM Displays an error message if an error occurs1 1 4. EPROM Displays an error message if an error occurs1 2 5. Calibration data (EEPROM) Displays an error message if an error occurs1 4 6. User's data (EEPROM) Displays an error message if an error occurs2 8 7. AD converter Displays an error message if an error occurs1 16 8. Backup RAM Displays an error message if an error occurs2 32 1 During the power-on test, the 4263B stops operation if an error occurs. 2 During the power-on test, the 4263B takes its default values, and continues the test 3-20 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Rear Panel Figure 3-2. Rear Panel External Trigger Terminal The Ext (External) Trigger terminal is used to trigger 4263B by inputting a positive-going TTL pulse, when the 4263B is set to external trigger mode. Figure 3-3 shows the speci cations required for the TTL pulse. Figure 3-3. Required External Trigger Pulse Speci cation Function Reference and Technical Information 3-21 4263B External DC Bias Terminal The Ext (External) DC Bias terminal is used to input a DC bias from an external source when DC bias setup is set to Ext. The external voltage range is 0 V to +2.5 V. Caution Do not apply External DC bias voltage more than +2.5 V. Doing so will damage the 4263B LINE Fuse Holder The 4263B's line fuse is selected depending on the LINE Voltage selection. Refer to Table 3-3 LINE Voltage Selector The Line Voltage Selector is used to match the 4263B to the power line voltage being used. The line voltage selections are as follows: Voltage Selector 115V 230V Table 3-3. Line Voltage selection Line Voltage Required Fuse UL/CSA type, Time delay 0.5A 250V 100/120Vac(610%) (Agilent part number 2110-0202) UL CSA type, Time delay 0.25A 250V 220/240Vac(610%) (Agilent part number 2110-0201) Serial Number Plate The Serial Number Plate provides manufacturing information about the instrument. For details, see \Serial Number" in Figure A-1. Power Cord Receptacle The Power Cord Receptacle is used to plug in the power cord. Power Code The 4263B is equipped with a three-conductor power cord that, when plugged into the appropriate AC power receptacle, grounds the instrument. The o set pin on the power cord is the safety ground. 3-22 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Handler Interface The handler interface is used to synchronize timing with an external handler. Before using the handler interface, you must connect pull-up resisters to enable the output signals and set the dip switch to select the voltage level to match the input signals. Refer to Appendix B for these procedures. Speci cation Output signal: Negative TRUE, open collector, opto-isolated Decision output: Primary parameter comparator: High (HI), In (IN), Low (LO) Secondary parameter comparator: High (HI), In (IN), Low (LO) DUT and test electrode's contact failed (N.C.). Index: Analog measurement complete Measurement complete: Full measurement complete Alarm: Noti cation that a momentary power failure or an error was detected. Input Signal: Opto-isolated Keylock: Front panel keyboard lockout External Trigger: Pulse width  1 s Note The comparator output signals High, In, Low, and the control signals /INDEX, /EOM are available when the comparator function is ON. And the contact check output signal N.C. is available when both the comparator and contact check functions are ON. Figure 3-4. Pin Assignment of Handler Interface Connector Function Reference and Technical Information 3-23 4263B Table 3-4. Pin Assignment of Handler Interface Connector Description Signal Name1 Pin No. 1 2 EXT DCV1 EXT DCV1 External DC Voltage 1 : DC Voltage supply pins for DC isolated open collector outputs (/PHI, /SHI, /PIN, /SIN, /PLO, /SLO, /NO CONTACT). Maximum voltage is +24 V, minimum +5 V. 18 /KEY LOCK Key Lock : When this line is asserted, all of the 4263B's front panel key functions are disabled. 19 /EXT TRIG External Trigger : 4263B is triggered on the rising edge of a pulse applied to this pin, when the trigger mode is set to External.2 20 21 EXT DCV2 EXT DCV2 External DC voltage 2 : DC voltage supply pins for DC Isolated inputs (/EXT TRIG, /KEY LOCK) and DC Isolated outputs (/ALARM, /INDEX, /EOM). The maximum voltage is +15 V, minimum +5 V. 24 25 +5 V +5 V Internal voltage supply (max. output 0.1 A): Exceeding 0.1 A will cause the internal voltage output and the output signals to go to zero. 26 27 COM1 COM1 Common for EXT DCV1. 28 /PHI This signal is asserted, when the comparison result of the primary parameter is High.3 29 /PIN This signal is asserted, when the comparison result of the primary parameter is In.3 30 /PLO This signal is asserted, when the comparison result of the primary parameter is Low.3 31 /SHI This signal is asserted, when the comparison result of the secondary parameter is High.3 32 /SIN This signal is asserted, when the comparison result of the secondary parameter is In.3 33 /SLO This signal is asserted, when the comparison result of the secondary parameter is Low.3 37 /NO CONTACT This signal is asserted, when the contact check failed.3 42 /ALARM Alarm : This signal is asserted, when a power failure occurs or the error (E11, E12, E13, E14, E15, E20, or E0313) occurs. 43 /INDEX Index : This signal is asserted, when an analog measurement is complete and the 4263B is ready for the next DUT to be connected to the UNKNOWN terminals. The measurement data, however, is not valid until the line /EOM is asserted.3 44 /EOM End of Measurement : This signal is asserted, when the measurement data and comparison results are valid.3 45 46 COM2 COM2 Common for EXT DCV2. 49 50 GND GND Ground tied to chassis. 1 The / (slash) means that the signal is asserted when LOW. 2 If an error occurs and the 4263B stops operation, the 4263B will not trigger a measurement if it receives the /EXT TRIG signal. 3 If an error occurs and the 4263B stops operation, these lines retain the condition that existed just before the error occurs. 3-24 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Note Figure 3-5. Timing Diagram This timing diagram is also applied when the contact check fails. Because the measurement is performed and the measurement result is output, even if the contact check fails. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-25 4263B GPIB Interface GPIB Interface is used for remote control of the 4263B using the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB). GPIB is a standard for interfacing instruments to computers, and supports for IEEE 488.1, IEEE 788.2, IEC-625, and JIS-C1901. GPIB allows instruments to be controlled by an external computer which sends commands or instructions to and receives data from the instrument. With the GPIB system, many di erent types of devices including instruments, computers, plotters and printers can be connected in parallel. When con guring an GPIB system, the following restrictions must be adhered to: The length of cable between one device and another must be less than or equal to four meters. The total length of cables in one bus system must be less than or equal to two meters times the number of devices connected on the bus (the GPIB controller counts as one device), and must not exceed 20 meters. A maximum of 15 devices can be connected on one bus system. There are no restrictions on how the cables are connected together. However, it is recommended that no more than four piggyback connectors be stacked together on any one device, or else the resulting structure could exert enough force on the connectors mounting to damage it. Every GPIB device has its own unique identi cation address. The available GPIB addresses are the integer numbers from 0 to 30. Every device on an GPIB bus must have a unique address. All devices on the GPIB must be able to perform one or more of the following interface functions: Talker When speci ed to talk, a talker transmits device dependent data. There can only be one active talker in an GPIB system at any given time. Listener When speci ed to listen, a listener receives device dependent data. There can be multiple active listeners in an GPIB system simultaneously. Controller A controller manages the bus, and speci es talkers and listeners. There can only be one active controller in an GPIB system at any given time. Table 3-5 lists the 4263B capability and functions. These functions provide the means for an instrument to receive, process, and transmit commands, data, and status over the GPIB bus. Cord SH1 AH1 T5 L4 SR1 RL1 DC1 DT1 C0 E1 Table 3-5. GPIB Interface Capability Function Complete source handshake capability Complete acceptor handshake capability Basic Talker; Serial poll; Unaddressed if MLA; Talk Only Basic listener; Unaddressed if MTA; No Listen Only Service request capability Remote/local capability Device Clear capability Device trigger capability No controller capability Drivers are open-collector 3-26 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Technical Information This section discuss the 4263B's theory of operation and the technical information. Overall Impedance Measurement Theory The 4263B measures the impedance of the Device Under Test (dut ) in the following manner: Figure 3-6. Simpli ed Model of Impedance Measurement Figure 3-6 shows the simpli ed model of the 4263B impedance measurement. Vs is the test signal level (voltage) and Rs is the source resistance. If the current across the DUT is I when a test signal voltage V is applied, the DUT's impedance, Z, is expressed by, Z =V I About the current level across the DUT, I, refer to \Test Current Level". Impedance, Z, contains real and imaginary parts. Figure 3-7 shows vector representation of impedance. Figure 3-7. Vector Representation of Impedance Function Reference and Technical Information 3-27 4263B In Figure 3-7, R: X: jZj : Resistance Reactance  : Absolute value of impedance Phase of impedance The 4263B denotes the absolute value jZj of impedance with Z. Note Impedance, Z, can also be expressed as admittance, Y. Admittance is expressed in terms of impedance, Z, as follows: 1 Y= Z Figure 3-8. Relationship Between Impedance and Admittance For parallel connected circuits, it is better to use admittance, Y. Figure 3-9. Vector Representation of Admittance In Figure 3-9, G: B: Conductance Susceptance 3-28 Function Reference and Technical Information jYj : Absolute value of admittance 4263B The 4263B denotes the absolute value jYj of admittance with Y. Note The 4263B measures a DUT's impedance, Z, which is a vector value, and gives the result using the following equivalent circuits: Figure 3-10. Relationship between Measurement Parameters In Figure 3-10, Ls : Lp : Cs : Equivalent series inductance Equivalent parallel inductance Equivalent series capacitance Cp : Q: D: Equivalent parallel capacitance Quality factor Dissipation Factor Function Reference and Technical Information 3-29 4263B Transformer Parameters Measurement Note This function only applies to the 4263B with option 001. DCR measurement | Ls-Rdc, Lp-Rdc Where, Ls : Lp : Equivalent series inductance Equivalent parallel inductance Rdc : DC resistance The 4263B has an internal DC voltage source for DCR measurement. The DC voltage level is 2 V. The 4263B switches test signal source to DC for DC Resistance measurement, and to AC for LS or LP measurement. Transformer measurement | L2-N, L2-1/N, L2-M, L2-R2 Where, L2 : R2 : Inductance1 DC resistance1 M: N: Mutual inductance1 Turns ratio1 1 These parameters are measured using two-terminal con guration. L2 and R2 represents the characteristics of the inductor connected to HCUR shown in Figure 3-11. The DC voltage level for measurement of R2 is 2 V, same as DCR measurement described above. For the transformer parameters measurement, the following measurement con guration is required: Figure 3-11. Basic Transformer Measurement Setup 3-30 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B Warning While H terminal of the 4263B is connected to a terminal of the transformer, high-voltage can be induced at the other terminals. For safe operation, when connecting or disconnecting a transformer, connect the transformer leads in the following order:  Connect transformer, rst to L , L , and H terminals, and then connect the H terminal last.  Disconnect the transformer from the H terminal rst, and then the H , L , and L terminals. CUR POT CUR POT CUR CUR POT POT CUR In Figure 3-11, one side of the transformer is connected to HCUR and LCUR terminals, and the other side to the HPOT and LPOT terminals. The LCUR and LPOT terminals are connected in common. You can get this con guration conveniently when using the 16060A Transformer Test Fixture. When measuring N, the 4263B measures both voltages at HCUR (V1) and at HPOT (V2), while applying an AC voltage to HCUR . For both voltage measurements, SW1 switches (in Figure 3-11) to HCUR and HPOT. The 4263B calculates N from the ratio of these two voltages. When measuring M, the 4263B measures the voltage at HPOT (V2) and the current input to LCUR (I1). The 4263B calculates M from the ratio of V2 and I1. Note The 4263B can only measure N  1. So, to measure N, connect the transformer side with the more turns to the HCUR terminal. Note The con guration shown in Figure 3-11 is a two-terminal con guration, while the 4263B's normal measurement con guration is a four-terminal pair (for details, refer to \Four-Terminal Pair Con guration" in Chapter 7). Note The 4263B's correction function is designed for four-terminal pair con gurations. For transformer measurements, which uses a two-terminal con guration, the SHORT correction does not work e ectively. In place of the SHORT correction, you can use the deviation measurement to cancel the test leads residual impedance. The e ective measurement error correction methods selection are as follows: Parameter OPEN Correction SHORT Correction (Deviation LOAD Correction Measurement1) L2 R2 M N e ective e ective e ective not e ective not so e ective not so e ective e ective not e ective (more e ective) (more e ective) | | e ective not e ective e ective not e ective 1 Take SHORT measurement data as the reference value of the deviation measurement and display the deviation. For an example using the deviation measurement, refer to \Measuring Transformers" in Chapter 6. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-31 4263B Test Current Level Figure 3-6 shows the 4263B's simpli ed model. The actual current level applied to a DUT depends on the test signal level (Vs), the DUT's impedance value (Z), and the 4263B's source resistance (Rs) which is in series with the DUT. The actual current level (I) through the DUT is calculated using the following equations. There are two di erent equations according to which voltage source is used: AC or DC. Impedance Measurement | The test signal source is AC, and the actual test current level can be obtained as follows: Rs is selected by the 4263B's measurement range setting. Measurement Range Setting 0.1 and 1 10 to 1 M Rs 25 100 I is calculated using following equation: I = Vs Z + Rs DC Resistance Measurement (Option 001 only) | When doing the DC Resistance measurement (LS-DCR, LP-DCR, or L2-R2), the 4263B switches the test signal source from AC to DC (the DC voltage source is 62 V). Figure 3-12. Test Signal for DCR Measurement Figure 3-12 shows the test signal for a DC resistance measurement. For a DC resistance measurement, the 4263B measures inductance, LS, LP, or L2, while applying an AC test signal, and then measures the DC resistance, DCR or R2, while applying a DC test signal. The 4263B measures DC resistances two times, switching the test signal level to +2 V and then to 02 V, and then calculates the DC resistance value. This method cancels the o set error of the DC voltage source. 3-32 Function Reference and Technical Information 4263B When measuring DCR or R2, the actual test current level through the DUT can be obtained as follows: The source resistance, Rs, is selected by measured the DUT's resistance value, RDUT . DC Resistance Value 0  RDUT  1 1 < RDUT Rs 25 100 The actual current value, I, is calculated using the following equation: 62 I= RDUT + Rs Test Current Transient When measuring the DC resistance of a DUT that has reactive characteristics, you must pay attention to the transient phenomena of the measurement circuit. Figure 3-13 shows the transient current of L - DC Resistance measurement. The measurement circuit for a inductance measurement is shown in simpli ed form in Figure 3-13 (a). The equivalent model of the DUT is series R-L. The test signal, E(t), shown in Figure 3-13 (b), is applied to the measurement circuit and test current I(t) ows as shown in Figure 3-13 (b). L If the DUT's time constant, which is obtained by R , is large, it will take a long time for the test signal to reach a steady state, which is expressed by the dotted line in Figure 3-13 (b). The 4263B has measurement delay times, Td1 or Td2, at each point when the test signal level changes. Td1 is the trigger delay time, which is set by the delay key (refer to \Delay Key "). Td2 is decided as follows: Trigger Delay Delay Time in DC Resistance Measurement (Td ) Setting (Td ) 40 ms 0  td1  40 ms Td2 = Td1 40 ms < td1 1 2 You must set the delay time so that the measurement will be started when the test signal has reached a steady state. For selection of delay time, depending on the L, refer to \Measuring High Inductance Transformers" in Chapter 6. Function Reference and Technical Information 3-33 4263B Figure 3-13. Test Signal Transient in DC Resistance Measurement 3-34 Function Reference and Technical Information 4 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for controlling the 4263B using GPIB remote mode. The examples in this manual use the HP 9000 series 200 or 300 BASIC language. This chapter covers the following: Getting started Setting up the 4263B Triggering a measurement Retrieving measurement data Other features If you have a problem Refer to Chapter 5 for the description of each GPIB command. Note This chapter is not intended to teach BASIC programming language or the Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI) programming, or to discuss GPIB theory; refer to the following documents which are better suited for these tasks. For more information concerning BASIC, refer to the manual set for the BASIC version being used: BASIC Programming Techniques BASIC Language Reference For more information concerning SCPI, refer to the following: Beginner's Guide to SCPI For more information concerning GPIB operation, refer to the following: BASIC Interfacing Techniques Tutorial Description of the General Purpose Interface Bus Condensed Description of the General Purpose Interface Bus Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-1 4263B Getting Started This section will teach you the basics of operating the 4263B in GPIB remote mode (from now on referred to as remote). This includes reading the GPIB address, sending commands to the 4263B, and retrieving data from the 4263B. Input/Output Statements The statements used to operate the 4263B in remote depend on the computer and the programming language being used. In particular, you need to know the statements the language uses to input and output information. For example, the input statements for the HP 9000 series 200 or 300 BASIC language are: ENTER or TRANSFER The output statement is: OUTPUT Read your computer manuals to nd out which statements you need to use. Reading the GPIB Address Before you can operate the 4263B in remote, you need to know its GPIB address (factory setting=17). To check the address, press . A typical display is: The displayed response is the device address. When sending a remote command, you append this address to the GPIB interface's select code (normally 7). For example, if the select code is 7 and the device address is 17, the appended combination is 717. Every device on the GPIB bus must have a unique address. You can assign new GPIB addresses. Sending a Remote Command To send a remote command to the 4263B, combine the computer's output statement with the GPIB select code, the device address, and nally the 4263B command. For example, to reset the 4263B, send: OUTPUT 717;"*RST" Notice that the Rmt annunciators is ON. This means the 4263B is in the remote mode. 4-2 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B Returning to Local Mode When you press a key on the 4263B's keyboard while operating in remote, the 4263B does not respond. This is because in remote (as indicated by the display's Rmt annunciator) the 4263B ignores all front panel inputs except the key. To return the 4263B to the Local mode, press the . Query Commands There are several commands in the alphabetic command directory that end with a question mark. These commands are called query commands because each returns a response to a particular question. In addition to the queries described above, you can create others by appending a question mark to most commands. Getting Data from the 4263B The 4263B can output readings and responses to query commands. As an example, have the 4263B generate a response to a query command by sending: OUTPUT 717;"*IDN?" When you send a query from remote, the 4263B does not display the response as it did when you executed the command from its front panel. Instead, the 4263B sends the response to its output bu er. The output bu er is a register that holds a query response or data for a single measurement until it is read by the computer or replaced by new information. Use the computer's input statement to get the response from the output bu er. For example, the following program reads the response (4263B) and prints it. 10 ENTER 717;A$ 20 PRINT A$ 30 END Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-3 4263B Remote Operation Most measurements can be modeled by the following simple three step sequence: 1. Set up the instrument. Typically, you begin the setup step by sending *RST to set the instrument to its default settings. Next, if you need values di erent from the default settings, change the settings one by one as required. 2. Trigger the measurement. The trigger may be generated automatically by steps taken in your setup commands, or you can send an explicit trigger command. To select the trigger source, send the :TRIG:SOUR command with the trigger source parameter. When you select BUS as the trigger source, sending *TRG triggers a measurement and retrieves the measurement data. 3. Retrieve the data. Figure 4-1 shows a simple capacitance measurement program. OUTPUT 717;"*RST" OUTPUT 717;":INIT:CONT ON" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM CS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM D" OUTPUT 717;":SOUR:FREQ 100" OUTPUT 717;":TRIG:SOUR BUS" OUTPUT 717;"*TRG" ENTER 717;S,D1,D2 PRINT "CS:";D1,"D:";D2 END Step 1; Resetting Step 1; Initiating trigger system Step 1; Impedance measurement Step 1; Primary Parameter: CS Step 1; Secondary Parameter: D Step 1; Test Signal Frequency: 100 Hz Step 2; Trigger Source: Bus Step 2; Triggering Step 3; Retrieving Readings Figure 4-1. Simple Program Example The following sections describe how to perform speci c tasks. 4-4 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B To Set Up the 4263B To Reset the 4263B The following commands reset the 4263B: *RST :SYST:PRES Note *RST initiates the trigger system also. For example, OUTPUT 717;"*RST" To Set the Power Line Frequency The following command sets the power line frequency: :SYST:LFR For example, to set the power line frequency to 50 Hz, OUTPUT 717;":SYST:LFR 50" To Match Cable Length of the Test Fixture The following command matches the instrument's cable setting to the cable length of the test xture: :CAL:CABL For example, to select 1 m for the cable length, OUTPUT 717;":CAL:CABL 1" To Select the Measurement Parameter The following commands select the measurement parameter: :SENS:FUNC :SENS:FUNC:CONC :CALC1:FORM :CALC2:FORM To set a parameter, send one of the following sets of statements: Note When your 4263B is equipped with Option 001 and you sent \:SENS:FUNC:CONC ON" to measure the transformer parameters, send \:SENS:FUNC:CONC OFF" before selecting the one of the measurement parameters 1 to 6. Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-5 4263B 1. To select the Z- mode, To select the R-X mode, 2. To select the Y- mode, To select the G-B mode, 3. To select the Cp-D mode, To select the Cp-Q mode, To select the Cp-G mode, To select the Cp-Rp mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM MLIN" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM PHAS" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM MLIN" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM PHAS" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM CP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM D" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM CP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM REAL" 4. To select the Cs-D mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM CS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM D" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM REAL" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM IMAG" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM REAL" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM IMAG" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM CP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM Q" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM CP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM RP" To select the Cs-Q mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM CS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM Q" To select the Cs-Rs mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM CS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM REAL" 5. To select the Lp-D mode, To select the Lp-Q mode, To select the Lp-G mode, To select the Lp-Rp mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM D" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM REAL" 6. To select the Ls-D mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM D" To select the Ls-Rs mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM REAL" 4-6 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM Q" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM RP" To select the Ls-Q mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM Q" 4263B 7. (Option 001 only) To select the Ls-Rdc mode, OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC:CONC ON" 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP','FRES'" 717;":CALC1:FORM LS" 717;":CALC2:FORM REAL" To select the Lp-Rdc mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC:CONC ON" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'FADM','FRES'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LP" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM REAL" 8. (Option 001 only) To select the L2-N mode, To select the L2-1/N mode, To select the L2-M mode, To select the L2-R2 mode, OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC:CONC ON" 717;":SENS:FUNC 'IMP','VOLT:AC'" 717;":CALC1:FORM LS" 717;":CALC2:FORM REAL" 717;":SENS:FUNC:CONC ON" 717;":SENS:FUNC 'IMP','FADM'" 717;":CALC1:FORM LS" 717;":CALC2:FORM LP" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC:CONC ON" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'IMP','VOLT:AC'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM INV" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC:CONC ON" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FUNC 'IMP','RES'" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:FORM LS" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:FORM REAL" To Select the Test Signal Frequency The following command selects the test signal frequency: :SOUR:FREQ For example, to select 100 Hz as the test signal frequency, OUTPUT 717;":SOUR:FREQ 100" To Select the Test Signal Level The following command selects the test signal level: :SOUR:VOLT For example, to select 1 V as the test signal level, OUTPUT 717;":SOUR:VOLT 1" To Select Measurement Range The following commands select the measurement range: :SENS:FIMP:RANG :SENS:FIMP:RANG:AUTO For example, to select the Auto range mode, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FIMP:RANG:AUTO ON" For example, to select the 1 M range, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FIMP:RANG:AUTO OFF" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FIMP:RANG 1E6" Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-7 To Apply a DC Bias 4263B The following commands are used to apply a dc bias voltage: :SOUR:VOLT:OFFS :SOUR:VOLT:OFFS:SOUR :SOUR:VOLT:OFFS:STAT For example, to apply 1.5 V DC bias using the internal bias source, OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT : OUTPUT 717;":SOUR:VOLT:OFFS:SOUR INT" 717;":SOUR:VOLT:OFFS 1.5" 717;":SOUR:VOLT:OFFS:STAT ON" 717;":SOUR:VOLT:OFFS:STAT OFF" To Perform Correction The following commands perform the correction function: :SENS:CORR :SENS:CORR:COLL :SENS:CORR:COLL:METH :SENS:CORR:CKIT:STAN3 There are two correction methods as follows: OPEN and SHORT correction To correct for stray admittance and residual impedance due to the test xture. OPEN, SHORT, and LOAD correction To correct for any error due to the test xture and test leads by using a standard (LOAD). Refer to \Correction Functions of the 4263B" in Chapter 7 for more information. Note When the measurement parameter is Ls-Rdc, Lp-Rdc, L2-N, or L2-R2, the LOAD correction can correct only the errors for Ls, Lp, or L2. 4-8 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B To perform OPEN and SHORT correction : OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:COLL:METH REFL2" DISP "Connect the test fixture without a DUT, then press `Continue'." PAUSE OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:COLL STAN1" OUTPUT 717;"*OPC?" ENTER 717;A ! DISP "Connect the shorting bar to the test fixture, then press `Continue'." PAUSE OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:COLL STAN2" OUTPUT 717;"*OPC?" ENTER 717;A : To perform OPEN, SHORT, and LOAD correction. : OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:COLL:METH REFL3" DISP "Connect the test fixture without a DUT, then press `Continue'." PAUSE OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:COLL STAN1" OUTPUT 717;"*OPC?" ENTER 717;A ! DISP "Connect the shorting bar to the test fixture, then press `Continue'." PAUSE OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:COLL STAN2" OUTPUT 717;"*OPC?" ENTER 717;A ! DISP "Connect the LOAD standard to the test fixture, then press `Continue'." PAUSE OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:CKIT:STAN3 1,-1000" OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:COLL STAN3" OUTPUT 717;"*OPC?" ENTER 717;A : To Select Measurement Time Mode The following command selects measurement time mode: :SENS:FIMP:APER To set measurement time mode to Short: OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FIMP:APER 0.025" To set measurement time mode to Medium: OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FIMP:APER 0.065" To set measurement time mode to Long: OUTPUT 717:":SENS:FIMP:APER 0.5" Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-9 To Set the Averaging Rate The following commands set the averaging rate: :SENS:AVER :SENS:AVER:COUN For example, to set the averaging rate to 4, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:AVER:COUN 4" To Set Trigger Delay Time The following command sets trigger delay time: :TRIG:DEL For example, to set trigger delay time to 10 ms, OUTPUT 717;":TRIG:DEL 1E-2" To Set Beeper Mode The following commands set beeper mode: :SYST:BEEP :SYST:BEEP:STAT :CALC1:LIM:BEEP :CALC1:LIM:BEEP:COND For example, to set beeper mode to emit a beep when comparison result is PASS. OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:LIM:BEEP:COND PASS" To Lock Out the Front Panel Keys The following command locks out the front panel keys: :SYST:KLOC For example, to lock out the front panel keys, OUTPUT 717;":SYST:KLOC ON" To Check Contact Integrity at the Test Fixture The following command checks contacts at the test xture: :SENS:FIMP:CONT:VER For example, to enable the contact check function, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:FIMP:CONT:VER ON" To Use the Comparator Function The following commands control the comparator function: :CALC{1|2}:LIM:CLE :CALC{1|2}:LIM:FAIL? :CALC{1|2}:LIM:LOW :CALC{1|2}:LIM:LOW:STAT :CALC{1|2}:LIM:UPP :CALC{1|2}:LIM:UPP:STAT :CALC{1|2}:LIM:STAT 4-10 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B 4263B f1j2g means that one of the two numbers must be attached to the root mnemonic, that is, the word \CALC"; 1 means the primary parameter and 2 means the secondary parameter. For example, to set the limit values both for the primary and the secondary parameter, and to enable the comparator function, OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:LIM:LOW 1E-5" 717;":CALC1:LIM:UPP 1E-4" 717;":CALC2:LIM:LOW 1E-5" 717;":CALC2:LIM:UPP 1E-4" 717;":CALC1:LIM:STAT ON" To Display a Deviation Measurement The following commands displays a deviation measurement: :DATA :CALC{1|2}:MATH:EXPR:NAME :CALC{1|2}:MATH:EXPR:CAT? :CALC{1|2}:MATH:STAT f1j2g means that one of the two numbers must be attached to the root mnemonic, that is, the word \CALC"; 1 means the primary parameter and 2 means the secondary parameter. For example, to set the reference values using the measured values, to set to calculate the absolute value of deviation for the primary parameter, and to set to calculate the percent of deviation for the secondary parameter, : OUTPUT 717;":FETC?" ENTER 717;s1,d1,d2 OUTPUT 717;":DATA REF1,";d1 OUTPUT 717;":DATA REF2,";d2 OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:MATH:EXPR:NAME DEV" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:MATH:EXPR:NAME PCNT" OUTPUT 717;":CALC1:MATH:STAT ON" OUTPUT 717;":CALC2:MATH:STAT ON" : To Wait Until Previously Sent Commands are Completed The following commands make the 4263B wait until the previously sent commands are completed: *OPC *OPC? *WAI For example, to wait until the OPEN correction is completed, OUTPUT 717;":SENS:CORR:COLL STAN1" OUTPUT 717;"*OPC?" ENTER 717;A Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-11 4263B To Get the Current Instrument Settings The following command gets the current instrument settings: *LRN? For example, DIM A$[1000] : OUTPUT 717;"*LRN?" ENTER 717;A$ PRINT A$ To Save and Recall Instrument Settings The following commands save and recall instrument settings: *SAV *RCL To save the instrument settings to register no. 1, OUTPUT 717;"*SAV 1" To recall the instrument settings from register no. 1, OUTPUT 717;"*RCL 1" 4-12 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B To Trigger a Measurement The following commands are used to trigger measurements and retrieve measurement data. Refer to \Trigger System" in Chapter 5 for information about the 4263B's trigger system. :TRIG :TRIG:SOUR :INIT :INIT:CONT :ABOR *TRG :FETC? Group Execution Trigger (GET) Follow the procedure below to perform successive measurements automatically (initial setup). 1. Set the trigger mode to the internal trigger with the :TRIG:SOUR command. 2. If the trigger system has not started up (in the idle state), use the :INIT:CONT command to turn ON the continuous activation of the trigger system. Two methods to perform a measurement at your desired time: Triggering the instrument at your desired time 1. Use the :TRIG:SOUR command to set the trigger mode to the GPIB mode. 2. If the trigger system has not started up (in the idle state), use the :INIT:CONT command to turn ON the continuous activation of the trigger system. 3. Trigger the instrument at your desired time. An external controller can trigger the instrument with one of the following two commands: Command Query response Applicable trigger mode GPIB trigger *TRG Yes (The measured result is read out.) :TRIG No All 4. To repeat measurement, repeat Step 3. Starting up the trigger system at your desired time 1. If the trigger system has started up (in a state other than the idle state), use the :INIT:CONT command to turn OFF the continuous activation of the trigger system and then use the :ABOR command to stop the trigger system. 2. Set the trigger mode to the internal trigger with the :TRIG:SOUR command. 3. Start up the trigger system with the :INIT command at your desired time. The instrument will be automatically triggered by the internal trigger and measurement will be performed once. 4. To repeat measurement, repeat Step 3. Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-13 4263B Waiting For Completion Of Measurement (detecting completion of measurement) You can detect the status of the 4263B by using the status register, as described in this section. For information on the entire status report system (for example, information on each bit of the status register), refer to Chapter 5, \GPIB Reference." The measurement state is indicated by the operation status register (refer to Table 5-6 and Table 5-7). An SRQ (service request) is useful for detecting the completion of measurement in your program by using the information indicated by this register. To detect the completion of measurement using SRQ, use the following commands. *SRE :STAT:OPER:ENAB The procedure is given below. 1. Make the setup so that the 4263B generates an SRQ if bit 4 of the operation status event register is set to 1. 2. Trigger the instrument to start a measurement. 3. Perform interrupt handling in the program when the SRQ occurs. Figure 4-2. SRQ generation sequence (when measurement nishes) 4-14 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B Sample program Figure 4-3 shows a sample program to detect the completion of measurement using an SRQ. This program stops the trigger system, sets up SRQ, and then starts up the trigger system once. When an SRQ of the completion of the measurement occurs, it displays a \Measurement Complete" message and nishes. The program is detailed below. Line 20 Sets the GPIB address. Lines 40 to 60 Stops the trigger system and sets the trigger mode to the internal trigger. Lines 80 to 90 Enables bit 4 of the operation status event register and enables bit 7 of the status byte register. Lines 100 to 120 Clears the status byte register and operation status event register. Lines 140 to 150 Sets the branch destination of the SRQ interrupt and enables the SRQ interrupt. Lines 160 to 180 Starts up the trigger system once to start the measurement and waits for the completion of the measurement. Line 230 Displays \Measurement Complete" message. Figure 4-3. Detecting the completion of measurement using SRQ Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-15 4263B Reading Out Measured Result This section describes how to read out the measured result. You can read out the measured result in two ways: reading out data for each measurement or reading out data of several measurements in batch. The three commands shown in the table below can be used to read out the measured data for each measurement. Available trigger mode Using the *TRG GPIB trigger command (Bus) Readout procedure Executing *TRG # Readout Triggering the instrument Using the :FETC? command # All Executing :FETC? # Readout When you want to read out the data of several measurements in batch, use the data bu er. Note The TRIGGER command of HT BASIC has the same function as the *TRG command. 4-16 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B Reading out measured result using *TRG command This command actually performs two tasks: it triggers the instrument and returns the results. It is useful, for example, when you want to retrieve measurement results immediately after triggering the instrument from an external controller. The readout procedure using the *TRG command is described below. 1. Use the :TRIG:SOUR command to set up the trigger mode to the GPIB trigger (Bus). 2. Execute the *TRG command. 3. Read out the measured result. To repeat the measurement, repeat Steps 2 and 3. Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 show sample programs using the *TRG command. Figure 4-4 is for the ASCII transfer format and Figure 4-5 is for the binary transfer format. These programs read out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, measured secondary parameter result, and comparator sorting result (when the comparator function is ON) and then display this information. The program of Figure 4-4 is detailed below. Line 60 Sets the GPIB address. Line 70 Sets the data transfer format to the ASCII format. Lines 90 to 100 Turns ON the trigger system continuous startup and sets the trigger mode to the GPIB trigger. Lines 120 to 130 Reads out the ON/OFF state of the comparator function and assigns it to the Comp ag variable. Lines 170 to 210 After the trigger system state transitions to the trigger wait state, triggers the instrument. Line 230 If the Comp ag value is 1 (the comparator function is ON), reads out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, measured secondary parameter result, and comparator sorting result. Line 250 If the Comp ag value is not 1 (the comparator function is OFF), reads out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, and measured secondary parameter result. Lines 300 to 320 Displays the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, and measured secondary parameter result. Line 340 to 350 If the Comp ag value is 1 (the comparator function is ON), displays the comparator sorting result. Line 370 If the Comp ag value is not 1 (the comparator function is OFF), displays \Comparator : OFF." Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-17 4263B Figure 4-4. Reading out the measured result in ASCII transfer format by using the *TRG command 4-18 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B The program of Figure 4-5 is detailed below. Lines 50 to 60 Sets the GPIB address. Line 70 Sets the data transfer format to the binary format. Lines 90 to 100 Turns ON the trigger system continuous startup and sets the trigger mode to the GPIB trigger. Lines 120 to 130 Reads out the ON/OFF state of the comparator function and assigns it to the Comp ag variable. Lines 170 to 210 After the trigger system state transitions to the trigger wait state, triggers the instrument. Lines 220 to 250 Reads out the header part. Line 270 If the Comp ag value is 1 (the comparator function is ON), reads out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, measured secondary parameter result, and comparator sorting result. Note Binary data must be read out without formatting. Therefore, use an I/O path (@Binary) set up for such readout. This is also applicable to Line 290. If the Comp ag value is not 1 (the comparator function is OFF), reads out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, and measured secondary parameter result. Line 310 Reads out the message terminator at the end of the data. Lines 350 to 370 Displays the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, and measured secondary parameter result. Line 390 to 400 If the Comp ag value is 1 (the comparator function is ON), displays the comparator sorting result. Line 420 If the Comp ag value is not 1 (the comparator function is OFF), displays \Comparator : OFF." Line 290 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-19 4263B Figure 4-5. Reading out the measured result in binary transfer format using *TRG command 4-20 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B Reading out measured result using :FETC? command You can use this readout method when you want to trigger the instrument from any source other than an external controller or when you want to perform a process that is between triggering the instrument and reading out the measured result. The readout procedure using the :FETC? command is described below. 1. Set up the trigger mode as necessary. 2. Trigger the instrument by using the method for the trigger mode. Note To trigger the instrument from an external controller in this procedure, use the :TRIG command. 3. Execute the :FETC? command at the completion of the measurement. 4. Read out the measured result. To repeat the measurement, repeat Steps 2 to 4. Figure 4-6 and Figure 4-7 show sample programs using the :FETC? command. Figure 4-6 is for the ASCII transfer format and Figure 4-7 is for the binary transfer format. These programs, when an external trigger is inputted and the measurement nishes, read out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, measured secondary parameter result, and comparator sorting result (when the comparator function is ON) and display them. The program of Figure 4-6 is detailed below. Line 60 Sets the GPIB address. Line 70 Sets the data transfer format to the ASCII format. Lines 90 to 100 Turns ON the trigger system continuous startup and sets the trigger mode to the external trigger. Lines 120 to 130 Reads out the ON/OFF state of the comparator function and assigns it into the Comp ag variable. Lines 170 to 210 Makes the setup generate an SRQ when measurement nishes and clears the status byte register and operation status event register. Lines 250 to 260 Sets the branch destination of the SRQ interrupt and enables the SRQ interrupt. Lines 270 to 280 Displays the message to prompt the user to input an external trigger and then waits until the external trigger is inputted and the measurement nishes. Line 300 Executes the measured result readout command (:FETC?). Line 320 If the Comp ag value is 1 (the comparator function is ON), reads out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, measured secondary parameter result, and comparator sorting result. Line 340 If the Comp ag value is not 1 (the comparator function is OFF), reads out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, and measured secondary parameter result. Lines 390 to 410 Displays the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, and measured secondary parameter result. Line 430 to 440 If the Comp ag value is 1 (the comparator function is ON), displays the comparator sorting result. Line 460 If the Comp ag value is not 1 (the comparator function is OFF), displays \Comparator : OFF." Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-21 4263B Figure 4-6. Reading out the measured result in ASCII transfer format using the :FETC? command 4-22 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B The program of Figure 4-7 is detailed below. Lines 50 to 60 Sets the GPIB address. Line 70 Sets the data transfer format to the binary format. Lines 90 to 100 Turns ON the trigger system continuous startup and sets the trigger mode to the external trigger. Lines 120 to 130 Reads out the ON/OFF state of the comparator function and assigns it to the Comp ag variable. Lines 170 to 210 Makes the setup generate an SRQ when measurement nishes and clears the status byte register and operation status event register. Lines 250 to 260 Sets the branch destination of the SRQ interrupt and enables the SRQ interrupt. Lines 270 to 280 Displays the message to prompt the user to input an external trigger and then waits until the external trigger is inputted and the measurement nishes. Line 300 Executes the measured result readout command (:FETC?). Lines 310 to 340 Reads out the header part. Line 360 If the Comp ag value is 1 (the comparator function is ON), reads out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, measured secondary parameter result, and comparator sorting result. Note Binary data must be read out without formatting. Therefore, use an I/O path (@Binary) set up as such for readout. This is also applicable to Line 380. If the Comp ag value is not 1 (the comparator function is OFF), reads out the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, and measured secondary parameter result. Line 400 Reads out the message terminator at the end of the data. Lines 440 to 460 Displays the measurement status, measured primary parameter result, and measured secondary parameter result. Line 480 to 490 If the Comp ag value is 1 (the comparator function is ON), displays the comparator sorting result. Line 510 If the Comp ag value is not 1 (the comparator function is OFF), displays \Comparator : OFF." Line 380 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-23 4263B Figure 4-7. Reading out measured result in binary transfer format using :FETC? command 4-24 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4263B To Retrieve Data Eciently The basic procedure to retrieve measurement data is described in \To Trigger a Measurement". This section describes how to retrieve the measurement data eciently. To Use a Data Bu er You can use the data bu er to temporarily store the results of several measurements and then later read out these results in batch. The following commands use the data bu er function: :DATA? :DATA:POIN :DATA:FEED :DATA:FEED:CONT For example, : OPTION BASE 1 DIM D(600) : OUTPUT 717;":TRIG:SOUR BUS" ! OUTPUT 717;":DATA:POIN BUF1,200" OUTPUT 717;":DATA:FEED BUF1,'CALC1'" OUTPUT 717;":DATA:FEED:CONT BUF1,ALW" ! FOR I=1 TO 200 OUTPUT 717;":TRIG" NEXT I ! OUTPUT 717;":DATA? BUF1" ENTER 717;D(*) PRINT D(*) : Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-25 4263B Other Features To Test the 4263B The following command runs the 4263B's internal self test: *TST? For example, : OUTPUT 717;"*TST?" ENTER 717;A IF A<>0 THEN PRINT "Self Test:Error" : To Report the Instrument's Status The following commands report the instrument's status: *CLS *ESE *ESR? *SRE *STB? :STAT:OPER? :STAT:OPER:COND? :STAT:OPER:ENAB :STAT:QUES? :STAT:QUES:COND? :STAT:QUES:ENAB :STAT:PRES HP BASIC SPOLL command For example, to always generate a service request when an error enters the error queue, use as follows: OUTPUT 717;"*ESE 52; *SRE 32" For example, to detect the measurement completion: OUTPUT 717;":STAT:OPER:ENAB 16" OUTPUT 717;"*SRE 128" REPEAT A=SPOLL(717) UNTIL BIT(A,7) Enable Measuring bit of Operation Status Register Enable Operation Status Register Summary bit Wait until the Operation Status Register Summary bit is set For example, to generate an interrupt when an error occurs in the 4263B : DIM Err$[50] ! : OUTPUT 717;"*CLS" OUTPUT 717;"*ESE 48" OUTPUT 717;"*SRE 32" ! ON INTR 7 GOSUB Err_report ENABLE INTR 7;2 4-26 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) Clears status byte register Sets Command Error Bit and Execution Error Bit Sets Standard Event Status register Summary Bit Tells where to branch when interrupted Enable an interrupt from GPIB interface 4263B ! Clear the SRQ BIt : LOOP : END LOOP STOP ! Err_report;! Stat=SPOLL(717) OUTPUT 717;"*ESR?" Asks contents of the Standard Event Status Register ENTER 717;Estat Asks to output error number and message PRINT "Syntaz Error detected." ! OUTPUT 717;"SYST:ERR?" ENTER 717;Err,Err$ PRINT Err,Err$ ! ENABLE INTR 7 RETURN END Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 4-27 4263B If You Have a Problem Check all GPIB addresses and connections; most GPIB problems are caused by an incorrect address and bad or loose GPIB cables. If the 4263B Hangs Up When You Send the :ABORt Command Send the device clear command to the 4263B: For example, CLEAR(717) 4-28 Remote Operation (To Control from a Computer) 5 GPIB Reference This chapter provides a reference for the General Purpose Interface Bus (gpib ) commands used to control the 4263B in the GPIB remote mode. GPIB Command reference Status Reporting Structure Trigger System Data Transfer Format 4263B's GPIB commands are compatible with the Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI). SCPI is the instrument command language for controlling instrument that goes beyond IEEE 488.2 standard to address a wide variety of instrument functions in a standard manner. GPIB Commands GPIB commands can be separated into two groups: common commands and subsystem commands. Common Commands Common Commands are generally not measurement related, but are used to manage macros, status registers, synchronizations, are data storage. All common commands begin with an asterisk (*). Common commands are de ned in the IEEE 488.2 standard. The common commands which can be used on the 4263B are shown below. *CLS *ESE<numeric value> *ESE? *ESR? *IDN? *LRN? Common Command List *OPC *OPC? *OPT? *RCL<numeric value> *RST *SAV<numeric value> *SRE<numeric value> *SRE? *STB? *TRG *TST? *WAI GPIB Reference 5-1 4263B Subsystem Commands Subsystem Commands include all measurement functions and some general purpose functions. Each subsystem is a set of commands that roughly corresponds to a functional block inside the instrument. For example, the commands comprising the SOURce (power) subsystem are for signal generation, and the commands comprising the STATus subsystem are for status register access. Subsystem commands have a hierarchical structure, called a command tree , which consists of several key words separated by a colon between each word. COMMAND ABORt CALCulate{1|2} :FORMat :LIMit :MATH :BEEPer :CONDition [:STATe] :CLEar :FAIL? :LOWer [:DATA] :STATe :STATe :UPPer [:DATA] :STATe :EXPRession :CATalog? :NAME :STATe :PATH? CALCulate{3|4} :MATH :STATe CALibration :CABLe DATA [:DATA] [:DATA]? :FEED :CONTrol :POINts DISPlay [:WINDow] [:STATe] :TEXT1 :DIGit :PAGE :TEXT2 :PAGE FETCh? FORMat [:DATA] INITiate :CONTinuous [:IMMediate] 5-2 GPIB Reference Subsystem Command List PARAMETER NOTE [No Query] {REAL|MLINear|CP|CS|LP|LP| IMAGinary|PHASe|D|Q|REAL\LP} {FAIL|PASS} <Boolean> [No Query] [Query Only] <numeric value> <Boolean> <Boolean> <numeric value> <Boolean> {DEV|PCNT} <Boolean> [Query Only] [Query Only] <Boolean> <numeric value> {REF1|REF2},<numeric value> {BUF1|BUF2} {IMON|VMON} {BUF1|BUF2},<data handle> {BUF1|BUF2},{ALWays|NEVer} {BUF1|BUF2},<numeric value> [Query Only] [Query Only] <Boolean> <numeric <numeric value> value> <numeric value> [Query Only] {ASCii|REAL[,64]} <Boolean> [No Query] [No Query] 4263B COMMAND Subsystem Command List (continued) [SENSe] :AVERage :COUNt [:STATe] :CORRection :CKIT :STNdard3 :COLLect [:ACQuire] :METHod :DATA? [:STATe] :FIMPedance :APERture :CONTact :VERify :RANGe :AUTO [:UPPer] :FUNCtion :CONCurrent :COUNt? [:ON] SOURce :FREQuency :CW :VOLTage [:LEVel] [:IMMediate] [:AMPLitude] :OFFSet :SOURce :STATe STATus :OPERation :CONDition? :ENABle [:EVENt]? :PRESet :QUEStionable :CONDition? :ENABle [:EVENt]? SYSTem :BEEPer [:IMMediate] :STATe :ERRor? :KLOCk :LFRequency :PRESet :VERSion? TRIGger :DELay [:IMMediate] :SOURce PARAMETER NOTE <numeric value> <Boolean> <numeric value>,<numeric value> STANdard{1|2|3} {REFL2|REFL3} STANdard{1|2|3} <Boolean> <numeric [No Query] [Query Only] value>[MS|S] <Boolean> <Boolean> <numeric value>[MOHM|OHM|KOHM|MAOHM] <Boolean> <sensor function> <numeric [Query Only] value>[HZ|KHZ] <numeric <numeric value>[MV|V] value>[MV|V] {INTernal|EXTernal} <Boolean> <numeric value> <numeric value> <Boolean> <Boolean> <numeric value> <numeric value>[MS|S] {BUS|EXTernal|MANual|INTernal} [Query Only] [Query Only] [Query Only] [Query Only] [No Query] [Query Only] [No Query] [Query Only] [No Query] GPIB Reference 5-3 4263B Concept of Subsystem Command Tree The top of the subsystem command tree is called the root command , or simply the root . To reach the low-level commands, you must specify a particular path (like DOS le directory path). After Power ON or after *RST, the current path is set to the root. The path settings are changed as follows: Message Terminator A message terminator, such as < new line> character, sets the current path to the root. Colon (:) When a colon is placed between two command mnemonics, the colon moves the current path down on level on the command tree. When the colon is the rst character of a command, it speci es that the following command mnemonics a root-level command. Semicolon (;) A semicolon separates two commands in the same message without changing the current path. Common commands, such as *RST, are not part of any subsystem. The 4263B interprets then in the same way, regardless of the current path setting. Figure 5-1 shows examples of how to use the colon and semicolon to navigate eciently through the command tree. Figure 5-1. Proper Use of the Colon and Semicolon Figure 5-1 shows how character input time can be saved by properly using semicolons. Sending the message :AA:BB:EE; FF; GG is equivalent to sending the following three messages. :AA:BB:EE :AA:BB:FF :AA:BB:GG 5-4 GPIB Reference 4263B Program Message Syntax This section provides the construction of SCPI program message. A program message is the message that you send from computer to an instrument. Program message consist of commands combined with appropriate punctuation and program message terminators. Case Letter cases (upper and lower) are ignored. Program Message Terminator A program message must end with one of the three program message terminators , line>, <^END>, or <new line><^END>. <^END> means that End Of Identify (EOI) is asserted on the GPIB interface at the same time the preceding data byte is sent. For example, the HP BASIC OUTPUT statement is automatically sent after last data byte. <new Subsystem Command Syntax Subsystem commands consist of the mnemonic separated by colons. For example, the command format for APERture of the [ SENSe]:FIMPedance subsystem is as follows: :FIMPedance:APERture Mnemonics which are contractions of commands can also be used as commands. In the above example, :FIMP:APER can also be typed. Common Command Syntax Common commands do not have a hierarchical structure. They are just sent as follows: *CLS Parameters There must be a <space> between the last command mnemonic and the rst parameter in a subsystem command. :FIMUP:APERt parameter t means a space (ASCII character (decimal 32)). If you send more than one parameter with a single command, each parameter must be separated by a comma. For example, two parameters are sent following the DATA subsystem's :POINts command as shown below. :DATA:P0INt<parameter>,<parameter> GPIB Reference 5-5 4263B Parameter Types SCPI de nes di erent data formats for use in program message and query responses. The 4263B accepts commands and parameters in various formats and responds to a particular query in a prede ned and xed format. Each command reference contains in formation about the parameter types available for the individual commands. <numeric value> is used in both common commands and subsystem commands. <numeric value> represents numeric parameters as follows: l00 no decimal point required l00. fractional digits optional -1.23,+235 leading signs allowed 4.56et3 space allowedafter e in exponentials -7.89E-01 use either E or e in exponentials .5 digits left of decimal point optional The 4263B setting programmed with a numeric parameter can assume a nite number of values, so the 4263B automatically rounds o the parameter. For example, the 4263B has a programmable power line frequency of 50 or 60 Hz. If you speci ed 50.1, it would be rounded o to 50. The subsystem commands can use extended numeric parameters. Extended numeric parameters accept all numeric parameter values and other special values, for instance, MAXimum, MINimum, or UP, DOWN. The special values available are described in the command's reference description. Query response of <numeric value> is always a numeric value. <Boolean> represents a single binary condition that is either ON or OFF. <Boolean> allows the following parameters: ON, OFF In a program message 1, 0 In a program message and query response function> and <data handle> are string parameter which contain ASCII characters. A string must begin with a single quote (ASCII 39 decimal) or a double quote (ASCII 34 decimal) and end with the same corresponding character, a single or double quote. The quote to mark the beginning and end of the string is called the delimiter. You can include the delimiter as part of the string by typing it twice without any characters in between. Example of <sensor function> 'FIMP', <sensor l0 OUTPUT @Meter;":FUNC 'FIMP'" 20 OUTPUT @Meter;":FUNC ""FIMP""" using single quote using double quote The query response is the string between double quote delimiters. Units Units can be used with numeric value parameters when so documented in the Command Reference. 5-6 GPIB Reference 4263B Table 5-1. Usable Units De nition Mnemonic Usable Unit 6 10 (Mega) MA Hz V 10 3 (kilo) K OHM S 10 -3 (Milli) M The sux is optional and can be omitted. Multiple Messages To send more than one command in the same message, you must separate them with a semicolon: *CLS;:INIT Query and Response Message Syntax All subsystem commands can be queried except for the commands described as \no query" in the command reference. To send a query message, and ? after the last command mnemonic. :FIMP:APER? A response message may contain both commas semicolons as separators. When a single query command returns multiple values, a comma is used to separate each item. When multiple queries are sent in the same message, the group of data items corresponding to each query are separated by a semicolon. For example, the ctitious query :QUERY?;QUERY2? might return a response message of: <data1>,<data1>;<data2>,<data2> After the message, <new line><^END>is always sent as a response message terminator. GPIB Reference 5-7 4263B Command Reference In this section, all the commands which are available with the 4263B are listed in alphabetical order. Notations The following conventions and de nition are used in this chapter to describe GPIB operation. :CALClatef1j2g:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric value> Sets or queries the lower limit of the speci ed parameter. :CALClatef1j2g:LIMit:LOWer:STATefONjOFFj1j0g Sets or queries if the lower limit of the speci ed parameter is enabled. <> Angular brackets enclose words or characters that are used to symbolize a program code parameter or an GPIB command. Square brackets indicate that the enclosed items are optional. fg When several items are enclosed by braces, one and only one of these elements may be selected. A vertical bar can be read as \or" and is used to separate alternative parameter options. for example, :CALCulate f1j2g means :CALC1 or :CALC2. [DATA] is optional. This keyword can be omitted as in :CALC1:LIM:LOW <numeric value>. 5-8 GPIB Reference 4263B ABORt Command :ABORt The ABORt command resets the trigger system and places all trigger sequences in the Idle state. Any actions related to the trigger system that are in progress, such as acquiring a measurement, are aborted immediately. The execution of an :ABORt command will set any pending operation ag to FALSE, for example ags that were set by the initiation of the trigger system. Refer to \Trigger System". Unlike *RST, :ABORt does not alter the settings programmed by other commands. (No query) Note After the :FETCh?query, the *TRG command, or the BASIC command TRIGGER command, the :ABORt command will cause the GPIB bus to hang up. To avoid this, clear the GPIB bus by sending the BASIC command CLEAR (address) before sending the :ABORt command. GPIB Reference 5-9 4263B CALCulate Subsystem The CALCulate subsystem controls the measurement-data processing as listed below: 1. To select measurement parameter (:CALCulate{1|2}:FORMat subsystem) with the [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] subsystem 2. To control the level monitor function (:CALCulate{3|4}:MATH subsystem) 3. To control deviation measurement mode (:CALCulate{1|2}:MATH subsystem) 4. To control comparator function (:CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit subsystem) The 4263B performs data processing in the order as listed. The CALCulate subsystem is logically positioned between the SENSe subsystem and the data output to the bus and display. The CALCulate subsystem, the SENSe subsystem, the DATA subsystem, and FETCh? Query are used together to capture the measurement data. COMMAND CALCulate{1|2} :FORMat :LIMit :BEEPer :CONDition [:STATe] :CLEar :FAIL? :LOWer [:DATA] :STATe :STATe :UPPer [:DATA] :STATe :MATH :EXPRession :CATalog? :NAME :STATe :PATH? CALCulate{3|4} :MATH :STATe <Boolean> Note PARAMETER fREALjMLINearjCPjCSjLPjLSj IMAGinaryjPHASejDjQjREALjLPjRPjINVg {FAIL|PASS} <Boolean> <numeric value> <Boolean> <Boolean> <numeric value> <Boolean> fDEVjPCNTg <Boolean> CALCulate{1|2} means CALCulate1 for the primary parameter or CALCulate2 for the secondary parameter. 5-10 GPIB Reference 4263B :CALCulate1:FORMat f REAL j MLINear j CP j CS j LP j LS g :CALCulate2:FORMat f IMAGinary j PHASe j D j Q j REAL j LP j RP j INV g Sets or queries the measurement parameter. This command works with the [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] subsystem. The 4263B makes a vector measurement of the DUT, using the method speci ed by the SENSe subsystem. After the measurement, the scalar measurement parameter speci ed by :CALCulate{1|2}:FORMat command is calculated from the measured vector value. REAL Real part of the vector IMAGinary Imaginary part of the vector MLINear Absolute value of the vector PHASe Phase of impedance CP Equivalent parallel capacitance CS Equivalent series capacitance LP Equivalent parallel inductance LS Equivalent series inductance D Dissipation factor Q Quality factor RP Equivalent parallel resistance INV 1/N (Reciprocal of turns ratio N) For information on the selection of measurement parameters, refer to \To Select the Measurement Parameter" in Chapter 4. Note The SENSe:FUNCtion subsystem has priority over the CALCulate{l|2}:FORMat command. That is, When setting the SENS:FUNC:ON command, the setting of the CALC {1|2}:FORM command is restricted. When the settings of these two commands do not match any measurement parameter shown in Table 5-2, the setting of CALC{l|2}:FORM is automatically changed to a measurement parameter which matches SENS:FUNC:ON. When setting the CALC{l|2}:FORM command, if the current setting of the SENS:FUNC:ON command does not match any measurement parameter shown in Table 5-2, the CALC{l|2}:FORM command is rejected, and an error occurs. Therefore, before setting the CALC {1|2}:FORM command, the [SENSe]:FUNCtion:ON command must be set correctly. GPIB Reference 5-11 4263B Table 5-2. Measurement Parameter Choices Measurement Parameter Z- R-X Y- G-B CP -D CP -Q CP -G CP -RP CS -D CS -Q CS-RS LP -D LP -Q LP -G LP -RP LS -D LS-Q LS -RS LS -Rdc2 LP -Rdc2 L2-N2 L2-1/N2 L2-M2 L2-R22 SENS:FUNC:ON1 "FIMPedance" CALC1:FORM "FADMittance" MLINear REAL MLINear REAL CP "FIMPedance" CS "FADMittance" LP "FIMPedance" LS "FIMPedance","FRESistance" "FADMittance","FRESistance" "IMPedance","VOLTage:AC" "IMPedance","VOLTage:AC" "IMPedance","FADMittance" "IMPedance","RESistance" LS LP LS "FADMittance" CALC2:FORM PHASe IMAGinary PHASe IMAGinary D Q REAL RP D Q REAL D Q REAL RP D Q REAL REAL REAL REAL INV LP REAL 1 The SENSe:FUNCtion:ON command is documented in the \SENSe Subsystem" section. 2 Can be used only on a 4263B which is equipped with Option 001 (N / M / DCR measurement function addition). :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:BEEPer:CONDition fFAlLjPASSg De nes comparator output to beeper. FAIL Emits a beep when comparison result is FAIL (High, Low or No-contact). PASS Emits a beep when comparison result is PASS (In). This command is e ective, when :SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe and '':CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:BEEPer:STATe'' command is set to ON. Query response is FAIL or PASS. Note The comparator output states of each parameter link together. So the CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:BEEPer command toggles the comparator function of both parameters PASS or FAIL. :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:BEEPer[:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets or queries if the comparator output to beeper is enabled. OFF or 0 Disables comparator output to beeper. ON or 1 Enables comparator output to beeper as de ned by :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:BEEPer:CONDition command. 5-12 GPIB Reference 4263B When you enable the beep function, :SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe command is automatically set to ON. Query response is 0 or 1. Note The comparator output states of each parameter link together. So the CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:BEEPer command toggles the comparator function of both parameter ON or OFF. :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:CLEar Clears the data which is reported by :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:FAIL? command. (no query) :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:FAIL? Returns the comparison result of the selected parameter. (query only) Query response is 0 or 1. Where, 0: Comparison result is PASS. 1: Comparison result is FAIL. value> Sets or queries the lower limit value of the selected parameter. <numeric value> is, numeric 09.999921013 to 9.999921013 MINimum 09.999921013 MAXimum 9.999921013 Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] <numeric :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:LOWer:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets or queries if the lower limit of the selected parameter is enabled. OFF or 0 Disables the lower limit. ON or 1 Enables the lower limit. Query response is 0 or 1. :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets or queries if the comparator function is enabled. OFF or 0 Sets the comparator function OFF. ON or 1 Sets the comparator function ON. Query response is 0 or 1. value> Sets or queries the upper limit value of the selected parameter. <numeric value> is, numeric 09.999921013 to 9.999921013 MINimum 09.999921013 MAXimum 9.999921013 Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA] <numeric GPIB Reference 5-13 :CALCulatef1j2g:LIMit:UPPer:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g 4263B Sets or queries if the upper limit of the selected parameter is enabled. OFF or 0 Disables the upper limit. ON or 1 Enables the upper limit. Query response is 0 or 1. :CALCulatef1j2g:MATH:EXPRession:CATalog? Returns available parameters which can be used with the :CALCulate{1|2}:MATH:EXPRession:NAME command. (query only) Query response is always DEV,PCNT. :CALCulatef1j2g:MATH:EXPRession:NAME f DEV j PCNT g De nes or queries the expression used for the deviation measurement, which is enabled by :CALCulate{1|2}:MATH:STATe . The reference value is de ned using the :DATA[:DATA] command. Absolute value of deviation Percentage of deviation Query response is DEV or PCNT. DEV PCNT :CALCulatef1j2g:MATH:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets or queries if math processing de ned by the :CALCulate{1|2}:MATH:EXPRession:NAME is enabled or not. OFF or 0 Disables math processing. ON or 1 Enables math processing. Query response is 0 or 1. :CALCulatef1j2g:PATH? Returns the CALCulate subsystems in the order in which they are to be performed. (query only) The 4263B always processes measured data in order of :CALCulate{1|2}:FORMat subsystem, :CALCulate{1|2|3|4}:MATH subsystem, and :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit subsystem. Query response is always FORM,MATH,LIM. :CALCulatef3j4g:MATH:STATe fONjOFFj1j0g Sets or queries if the level monitor function is ON or OFF. CALCulate3 Speci es the current monitor. CALCulate4 Speci es the voltage monitor. ON or 1 Turns ON the level monitor function. OFF or 0 Turns OFF the level monitor function. Query response is 0 or 1. 5-14 GPIB Reference 4263B CALibration Subsystem COMMAND CALibration :CABLe PARAMETER <numeric value> value> Sets or queries the cable length which extends the reference plane to which the phase shift measurement error is corrected. <numeric value> is, 0 0 m cable length 1 1 m cable length 2 2 m cable length 4 4 m cable length The 4263B has four reference planes as follows: :CALibration:CABLe <numeric Cable Length 0m 1m 2m 4m Available Frequency Range 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 20 kHz1 , 100 kHz 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 20 kHz1 , 100 kHz 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 20 kHz1 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz 1 Option 002 only Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. GPIB Reference 5-15 4263B DATA Subsystem The DATA subsystem commands are used for the following data processing: 1. Storing the data to the 4263B data bu er. 2. Reading the data from the 4263B data bu er. 3. Reading the level monitor value. COMMAND DATA [:DATA] [:DATA]? :POINts :FEED :CONTrol PARAMETER fREF1jREF2g,<numeric value> fBUF1jBUF2g {IMON|VMON} fBUF1jBUF2g,<numeric value> fBUF1jBUF2g,<data handle> fBUF1jBUF2g,fALWaysjNEVerg value> Enters or queries the reference value for the deviation measurement, which is controlled by the :CALCulate{1|2}:MATH subsystem command. REF1 and REF2 can store only one value for each bu er, and this command will overwrite the value. REF1 Reference value for the primary parameter REF2 Reference value for the secondary parameter Query response of :DATA[:DATA]? retrieves REF1 or REF2, according to the format determined by the FORMat subsystem commands. :DATA[:DATA]? query needs parameter, REF1 or REF2, which is the name of the data bu er to be used. So, the query form is :DATA[:DATA]? REF1 or :DATA[:DATA]? REF2. :DATA[:DATA] f REF1 j REF2 g,<numeric 5-16 GPIB Reference 4263B :DATA[:DATA]? f BUF1 j BUF2 g Returns the data in a data bu er, BUF1 or BUF2, according to the format determined by the FORMat subsystem commands. (query only) BUF1 and BUF2 are used to store up to 200 measurement results in each. The size of the data bu er is speci ed by the :DATA:POINts command. This query needs parameter BUF1 or BUF2, which is the name of the data bu er to be read. So, the query form is :DATA[:DATA]? BUF1 or :DATA[:DATA]? BUF2. Reading the data bu er returns its pointer to the head of the bu er. After that, data will be stored from the head of the bu er. Query response is <set1>,<set2>, . . . <setn> Where, <set1> : Data set of the rst measured point <set2> : Data set of the second measured point . . . <setn> : Data set of the last measured point Every data sets contains the following data: <stat>,<data>,<comp> Where, <stat> Measurement status 0 : Normal 1 : Overload 2 : No-contact <data> <comp> Measurement data Comparison result 0 : Comparator OFF 1 : In 2 : High 4 : Low 8 : No-contact :DATA[:DATA]? fIMONjVMONg Reads the level monitor value. (query only) IMON Reads the current monitor. VMON Reads the voltage monitor. Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. GPIB Reference 5-17 4263B handle> Sets or queries which of the primary or secondary parameter's measurement data is fed into the data bu er. :DATA:FEED? query needs parameter, BUF1 or BUF2, which is the name of data bu er to be read. So, the query form is :DATA:FEED? BUF1 or :DATA:FEED? BUF2. <data handle> is, 'CALCulate1 ' Sets to feed the primary parameter's measurement data speci ed the :CALCulate1:FORMat command. 'CALCulate2 ' Sets to feed the secondary parameter's measurement data speci ed :CALCulate2:FORMat command. '' (null string) Sets not to feed data into the data bu er. Query response is "CALC1", "CALC2", or "". :DATA:FEED f BUF1 j BUF2 g,<data :DATA:FEED:CONTrol f BUF1 j BUF2 g,f ALWays j NEVer g Sets or queries whether or not data is fed into the data bu er. The data fed by this command is speci ed by :DATA:FEED command. This control has no e ect if :DATA:FEED is set to '' (null string). :DATA:FEED:CONTrol? query needs the parameter, BUF1 or BUF2, which is the name of the data bu er to be read. So, the query form is :DATA:FEED:CONTrol? BUF1 or :DATA:FEED:CONTrol? BUF2. ALWays Feeds data into the data bu er whenever new data is available. NEVer Does not feed the data into the data bu er. Query response is ALW or NEV. value> Sets or queries the size of data bu er, BUF1 or BUF2. You can store as many measurement point data sets into BUF1 or BUF2 as de ned by this command. This command returns the data bu er pointer to the head of the bu er. After that, data will be stored from the head of the bu er. :DATA:POINts? query needs the parameter, BUF1 or BUF2, which is the name of data bu er to be read. So, the query form is :DATA:POINts? BUF1, or :DATA:POINts? BUF2. <numeric value> is, numeric 1 to 200 Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. :DATA:POINts f BUF1 j BUF2 g,<numeric 5-18 GPIB Reference 4263B DISPlay Subsystem The DISPlay subsystem controls the selection of displayed mode. COMMAND DISPlay [:WINDow] [:STATe] :TEXT1 :DIGit :PAGE :TEXT2 :PAGE PARAMETER <Boolean> f3j4j5g f1j2g f1j2j3j4j5j6g :DISPlay[:WINDow][:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets the display ON or OFF, or queries whether the display is set to ON or OFF. OFF or 0 Sets the display OFF (blank). ON or 1 Set the display ON. Query response is 0 or 1. :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT1:DIGit f3j4j5g Sets the number of display digits. 3 3 digits display 4 4 digits display 5 5 digits display Query response is 3, 4 or 5. :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT1:PAGE f1j2g Selects the displayed data. 1 Measurement Display. 2 Comparison Display. Query response is 1 or 2. GPIB Reference 5-19 :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT2:PAGE f1j2j3j4j5j6g Selects the mode of Measurement Settings display. 1 Displays the test signal frequency and level. 2 Displays the DC bias setting and averaging rate. 3 Displays the trigger delay and cable length. 4 Displays the comparator limit for the primary parameter. 5 Displays the comparator limit for the secondary parameter. 6 Displays the level monitor value. Query response is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. 5-20 GPIB Reference 4263B 4263B FETCh? Query :FETCh? Retrieves the measurements taken by the INITiate subsystem commands and places them into the 4263B's output bu er. (query only) Query response is, <stat>,<data1>,<data2>,<comp1>,<comp2> Where, <stat> <data1> <data2> <comp1> <comp2> Measurement status 0 : Normal 1 : Overload 2 : No-Contact Measurement data of the primary parameter Measurement data of the secondary parameter Comparison result of the primary parameter (no output when comparator is OFF) Comparison result of the secondary parameter (no output when comparator is OFF) 1 : In 2 : High 4 : Low 8 : No-Contact Data format is speci ed by FORMat subsystem. For more information, refer to \To Trigger a Measurement" in Chapter 4. GPIB Reference 5-21 4263B FORMat Subsystem COMMAND FORMat [:DATA] :FORMat[:DATA] fASCiijREAL[,64]g PARAMETER {ASCii|REAL[,64]} Sets the data format for transferring numeric and array information. ASCii Sets the data transfer format to ASCII. AL[,64] Sets the data transfer format to IEEE 754 oating point numbers of the speci ed length of 64-bit. For details on data transfer formats, see \Data Transfer Format". Query response is ASK or REAL,64. 5-22 GPIB Reference 4263B INITiate Subsystem The INITiate subsystem controls the initiation of the trigger system. All trigger sequences are indicated as a group. The detailed description of the trigger system is given in \Trigger System". COMMAND INITiate :CONTinuous [:IMMediate] PARAMETER <Boolean> :INITiate[:IMMediate] Causes all sequences to exit Idle state and enter Initiate state. This command causes the trigger system to initiate and complete one full trigger cycle, returning to Idle state on completion. (No query) If the 4263B is not in Idle state or if :INITiate:CONTinuous is set to ON, an :INITiate:IMMediate command has no e ect on the trigger system ad an error -213 is generated. :lNITiate:CONTinuous fONjOFFj1j0g Sets or queries whether the trigger system is continuously initiated or not. OFFor0 Does not initiate the trigger system continuously. ONor1 Initiates the trigger system continuously. Query response is 0 or 1. GPIB Reference 5-23 4263B SENSe Subsystem COMMAND [SENSe] :AVERage :COUNt [:STATe] :CORRection :CKIT :STANdard3 :COLLect [:ACQuire] :METHod :DATA? [:STATe] :FIMPedance :APERture :CONTact :VERify :RANGe :AUTO [:UPPer] :FUNCtion :CONCurrent :COUNt? [:ON] [:SENSe]:AVERage:COUNt <numeric PARAMETER <numeric value> <Boolean> <numeric STANdard{1|2|3} fREFL2jREFL3g STANdard{1|2|3} <Boolean> <numeric <Boolean> <numeric value>[MOHM <Boolean> <sensor value> [:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g 5-24 GPIB Reference value>[MSjS] <Boolean> Sets or queries the averaging rate. <numeric value> is, numeric 1 to 256 MINimum 1 MAXimum 256 Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. Sets or queries if averaging is enabled. OFF or 0 Disables averaging. ON or 1 Enables averaging. Query response is 0 or 1. value>,<numeric value> function> jOHMjKOHMjMAOHM] 4263B [:SENSe]:CORRection:CKIT:STANdard3 <numeric value>,<numeric value> Enters or queries the reference value for the LOAD correction. The reference value must be in R-X (resistance-reactance) parameter form; the rst <numeric value> represents R, and the second <numeric value> represents X. To calculate the R-X parameter from other parameters, see Figure 3-10. Note The 4263B's test signal frequency at the 120 Hz setting is actually 119.048 Hz, and it is speci ed as 120 Hz 6 1%. When you calculate the R-X parameter from other parameters, use 119.048 for frequency value at the 120 Hz setting. <numeric numeric value> is, 01.02109 to 01.0210-7 , 1.0210-7 to 1.02109 The short form of :STANdard3 is :STAN3. (3 must not be omitted.) Query response is two numeric values (separated by a comma) in <NR3> format. [:SENSe]:CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] STANdardf1j2j3g Performs the OPEN, SHORT, or LOAD correction. (no query) The 4263B has three correction functions as follows: STANdard1 Performs the OPEN correction. STANdard2 Performs the SHORT correction. STANdard3 Performs the LOAD correction. The reference value of the LOAD correction is de ned by [:SENSe]:CORRection:CKIT:STANdard3 command. The short forms of STANdard1, STANdard2, and STANdard3 are STAN1, STAN2, and STAN3 respectively. This command sets [:SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe] ON, which enables the correction function. The instrument settings in which each correction is performed are as follows: Setting Test Signal Frequency Test Signal Level DC Bias Measurement Range Measurement Time Mode Averaging Rate Trigger Delay Time Cable Length STANdard1 STANdard2 (OPEN (SHORT correction) correction) Sweep of all frequency points (including DC) Current setting OFF Auto range Long 1 0s Current setting STANdard3 (LOAD correction) Current setting Current setting Current setting GPIB Reference 5-25 [:SENSe]:CORRection:COLLect:METHod f REFL2 j REFL3 g 4263B Sets or queries the measurement error correction method. REFL2 OPEN/SHORT correction REFL3 OPEN/SHORT/LOAD correction You must take the required correction data using the [:SENSe]:CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] command. For details, see \To Perform Correction" in Chapter 4 and \Correction Functions of the 4263B" in Chapter 7. * [:SENSe]:CORRection:COLLect:METHod is set to REFL2 by 3RST. Query response is REFL2 or REFL3. [:SENSe]:CORRection:DATA? STANdardf1j2j3g Returns the correction data. (Query Only) STANdard1 OPEN correction data STANdard2 SHORT correction data STANdard3 LOAD correction data Query response is two numeric values (separamed by a comma) in <NR3> format. [:SENSe]:CORRection[:STATe] f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets or queries if the measurement error correction function is enabled. OFF or 0 Disables the correction function. ON or 1 Enables the correction function. Query response is 0 or 1. value>[MSjS] Sets or queries measurement time mode: Short, Medium, or Long. <numeric value> is, numeric 0.025 (Short), 0.065 (Medium), or 0.500 (Long) (s) Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:APERture <numeric [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:CONTact:VERify f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets or queries if the contact check function is enabled. OFF or 0 disables the contact check function. ON or 1 enables the contact check function. The reference data for the contact check is taken by the OPEN/SHORT correction. Query response is 0 or 1. [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:RANGe:AUTO f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets or queries if the auto range measurement mode is enabled. OFF or 0 Hold range mode ON or 1 Auto range mode Query response is 0 or 1. 5-26 GPIB Reference 4263B [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:RANGe[:UPPer] <numeric value>[MOHMjOHMjKOHMjMAOHM] Sets or queries the measurement range. <numeric value> is, numeric 0.1 (=100 m)(Allows above 315 mV), 1, 10, 100, 1000 (= 1 k), 10000 (= 10 k), 100000 (= 100 k)(Not allows at 100 kHz), 1000000 (= 1 M) ( )(Not allows at 100 kHz) MINimum 0.1 ( ) MAXimum 1000000 (=1 M) ( ) UP Moves to an upper range. DOWN Moves to a lower range. Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:CONCurrent f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g (Option 001 only) Indicates whether the [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] command allows up to two <sensor function>s at the same time. Two <sensor function>s are required to measure the transformer parameters (DCR, L2, N, M, and R2). For details, see \To Select the Measurement Parameter" in Chapter 4. OFF or 0 Allows only one <sensor function> at a time. ON or 1 Allows up to two <sensor function>s at a time. This command works with the [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] command and the :CALCulate{1|2}:FORMat command to select measurement parameter. When setting [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:CONCurrent from OFF to ON, or ON to OFF, the [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON], :CALCulate{1|2}:FORMat settings are a ected as follows. Command [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:CONCurrent OFF to ON ON to OFF [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] Not a ected. 'FIMPedance' :CALCulate1:FORMat Not a ected. LS :CALCulate2:FORMat Not a ected. Q Query response is 0 or 1. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:COUNt? (Option 001 only) Returns the number of <sensor function>s which are set by [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] command. (query only) Query response is 1 or 2. [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] <sensor function> Sets the speci ed measurement function ON. Or, queries which measurement function is ON. The measurement functions of 4263B are shown in Table 5-3. Please refer to Table 5-2 of the \CALCulate Subsystem" regarding the selection of measurement parameters. GPIB Reference 5-27 4263B Table 5-3. Measurement Function Selection When SENSe:FUNCtion:CONCurrent is OFF <sensor function> Measurement Function 'FIMPedance' Impedance measurement (equivalent series circuit) 'FADMittance' Admittance measurement (equivalent parallel circuit) When SENSe:FUNCtion:CONCurrent is ON1 <sensor function> Measurement Function 'FIMPedance','FRESistance' DCR measurement (equivalent series circuit)2 'FADMittance','FRESistance' DCR measurement (equivalent parallel circuit)2 Transformer winding ratio 'VOLTage:AC','IMPedance' measurement2 Transformer mutual inductance 'IMPedance','FADMittance' measurement2 'IMPedance','RESistance' Transformer resistance measurement2 1 Only with Option 001. In all other cases, the SENSe:FUNction:CONCurrent command is always OFF. 2 Only valid when Option 001 is present. The [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON] command is used in collaboration with the [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:CONCurrent command. When SENS:FUNC:CONC is set to OFF, the SENS:FUNC:ON command selects only one <sensor function>. That is, when any one <sensor function> is selected, the others will all be cancelled automatically. When SENS:FUNC:CONC is set to ON, the SENS:FUNC:ON command selects two <sensor function>s. For example, when SENS:FUNC "FRES","FIMP" <set to equivalent series circuit DCR measurement> is sent, \FRESistance" and \FIMPedance" become valid, and the other <sensor function>s are all cancelled. Regardless of the <sensor function> transmission sequence, the same state is obtained. When SENS:FUNC:CONC is set from ON to OFF, SENS:FUNC:ON is also automatically set to \FIMPedance". (The other <sensor function>s are all cancelled.) Query response is "FADM", or "FIMP", or "IMP","VOLT:AC", or "FIMP","FRES", or "FADM","FRES", or "IMP","FADM", or "IMP","RES" . 5-28 GPIB Reference 4263B SOURce Subsystem COMMAND SOURce :FREQuency [:CW] :VOLTage [:LEVel] [:IMMediate] [:AMPLitude] :OFFSet :SOURce :STATe :SOURce:FREQuency[:CW] <numeric PARAMETER <numeric value> [HZjKHZ] <numeric <numeric value> [MVjV] value> [MVjV] fINTernaljEXTernalg <Boolean> value>[HZjKHZ] Sets or queries the test signal frequency. <numeric value> is, numeric 100, 120, 1000 (= 1 k), 10000 (= 10 k), 20000 (= 20 k; option 002 only), 100000 (= 100 k) (Hz) MINimum 100 (Hz) MAXimum 100000 (= 100 k) (Hz) Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] <numeric Sets or queries the test signal level. <numeric value> is, numeric 20 to 1000 (mV), (5 mV step) MINimum 20 (mV) MAXimum 1 (V) Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet <numeric Sets or queries the DC bias voltage. <numeric value> is, numeric 0, 1.5, 2 (V) MINimum 0 (V) MAXimum 2 (V) Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. value>[MVjV] value> [MVjV] :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SOURce f INTernal j EXTernal g Sets or queries the DC bias voltage source: Internal or External. INTernal Internal voltage source. EXTernal External voltage source. Query response is INT or EXT. GPIB Reference 5-29 :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STATe f ON j OFF j 1 j 0 g Sets or queries whether or not DC bias output is enabled. OFF or 0 Disables DC bias output. ON or 1 Enables DC bias output. Query response is 0 or 1. 5-30 GPIB Reference 4263B 4263B STATus Subsystem The STATus Subsystem commands controls the Operation Status and Questionable Status registers in the status-reporting structures (See \Status Reporting Structure". COMMAND STATus :OPERation :CONDition? :ENABle [:EVENt]? :PRESet :QUEStionable :CONDition? :ENABle [:EVENt]? PARAMETER <numeric value> <numeric value> :STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? Returns the contents of the event register of the Operation Status Register group. Reading the event register clears it. (Query only) Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. :STATus:OPERation:CONDition? Returns the contents of the condition register of the Operation Status Register group. Reading the condition register does not clears it. (Query only) Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. value> Sets the enable register of the Operation Status Register Group. <numeric value>: numeric Decimal expression of the contents of the register Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. :STATus:OPERation:ENABle <numeric :STATus:PRESet Clears the Operation Status and Questionable Status groups. Both the event and enable registers are cleared. (No query) :STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]? Returns the contents of the event register of the Questionable Status Register group. (Query only) Query response is always , because the 4263B has no operation to report the event to the Questionable Status Event Register. :STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? Returns the contents of the condition register of the Standard Questionable Status Register group. (Query only) Query response is always , because the 4263B has no operation to report the event to the Questionable Status Event Register. GPIB Reference 5-31 :STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle<numeric value> 4263B Sets or queries the enable register of the Questionable Status Register group. <numeric value> is, numeric value Decimal expression of the contents of the register. The 4263B has no operation to report the event to the Questionable Status Event Register. Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. 5-32 GPIB Reference 4263B SYSTem Subsystem The SYSTem subsystem reports the rmware version and error, sets the beeper, locks the front-panel keys, and de nes the power line frequency. COMMAND SYSTem :BEEPer [:IMMediate] :STATe :ERRor? :KLOCk :LFRequency :PRESet :VERSion? PARAMETER <Boolean> <Boolean> <numeric value> :SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate] Produces a beep immediately. (no query) :SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe fONjOFFj1j0g Sets or queries if the beeper is enabled. ONor1 Enables the beeper. The beeper mode is de ned by :CALCulate OFFor 0 {1|2}:LIMit:BEEPer Disables all beeper functions, including the error beep. Query response is 0 or 1.] :SYSTem:ERRor? Return the number and message of existing error in the 4263B's error queue. (Query only) :SYSTem:KLOCk fONjOFFj1j0g Sets or queries whether the front-panel keys of the 4263B are locked, ONor 1 Locks the front-panel keys. OFFor 0 Does not lock the front-panel keys. Query response is 0 or 1. :SYSTem:LFRequency <numeric value> Sets or queries the 4263B's operating power line frequency. <numeric value>: is, numeric 50,60 (Hs) Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. :SYSTem:PRESet Reset the 4263B to the default state. (no query) The reset state is as follows. GPIB Reference 5-33 4263B Item Reset key :SYST:PRES1 *RST1 1 kHz Test signal frequency 1V Test signal level Measurement parameter Cp-D Deviation measurement OFF Deviation reference values Cleared Measurement range Auto Medium Measurement time mode 1 Averaging rate Trigger mode Internal 0s Trigger delay time OFF Contact Check ON/OFF state OFF Comparator ON/OFF state Comparator limits Cleared Display mode Measure Display Internal DC bias source 0V DC bias setup OFF DC bias ON/OFF state Correction ON/OFF state ON OFF Correction method OPEN/SHORT Correction data Cleared No e ect Cable length 0m Beep ON/OFF state ON Beep mode FAIL mode Data transfer format ASCII No e ect Power line frequency GPIB Address No e ect Key lock N/A No e ect OFF :INIT:CONT ON OFF Stored in Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory Back-up memory None None EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM EEPROM None None 1 \ " indicates the value is the same as what's indicated to the left. :SYSTem:VERSion? Returns the value corresponding to the SCPI version to which the instrument complies. (Query only) The query response is YYYY.V. Where, YYYY Year-version V Revision number for the year 5-34 GPIB Reference 4263B TRIGger subsystem The TRIGger subsystem controls the measurement trigger functions. COMMAND TRIGger :DELay [:IMMediated] :SOURce PARAMETER <numeric value>[MS|S] {BUS|EXTernal|INTernal|MANual} value> [MSjS] Sets or queries the trigger delay time. <numeric value>is, numeric 0 to 9.999 (s) MINimum 0 (s)[ MAXimum 9.999 (s) The following units can be used for <numeric value>. :TRIGger:DELay<numeric MS:millisecond S:second Query response is a numeric value in <NR3> format. :TRIGger[:IMMediate] Causes the trigger to execute a measurement, regardless of the trigger state. (No query :TRIGger:SOURce fBUSjEXTernaljINTernaljMANualg Sets or queries the trigger mode. BUS Sets the BUS trigger mode. EXTernal Sets the External trigger mode. INTernal Sets the Internal trigger mode. MANual Sets the Manual trigger mode, Query response is BUS,EXT',INT,or MAN. GPIB Reference 5-35 4263B Common Commands 3CLS Clears the Status Byte Register, the Standard Event Status Enable Register. 3ESE<numeric value> Sets or queries the bits of the Standard Event Status Register. (Query only) Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. 3ESE? *The ESE? (Event Status Enable) Query reads the bits of the Standard Event Status Enable Register. Query response is a decimal register value in <NR1> format. 3ESR? Queries an identi cation string which consists of four elds separated by commas. (Query only) If the Standard Event Status Register is read with this query, its contents are cleared. Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. 3IDN? Queries an identi cation string which consists of four elds separated by commas. (Query only) Query response is < eld 1>, < eld 2>, < eld 3>, < eld 4>. where, eld 1 Manufacturer eld 2 MOdel number (always 4263B) eld 33 Serial number is HP format (like 2419J00100) eld 44 Firmware version number (like 01.00) 3LRN? Returns a sequence of commands which de nes the 4263B's current state. (Query only) 3OPC Tells the 4263B to set bit 0 (OPC bit) in the Standard Event Status Register when it completes all pending operations. 3OPC? Tells the 4263B to place an ASCII character 1 into the Output Queue when it completes all pending operations. 3OPT? Queries the options installed. (Query only) 3RCL<numeric value> Recall the instrument state which was stored in the speci ed register number. The 4263B has 10 available storage registers. (No query) 5-36 GPIB Reference 4263B value>is, numeric value 0 to 9 <numeric 3RST Returns the 4263B to the default state and sets the following commands: INITiate:CONTinuous OFF [SENSe]:CORRection[:STATe] OFF SYSTem:KLOCk OFF (No query) 3SAV<numeric value> Saves the instrument state in the speci ed register number. The 4263B has 10 available storage registers. (No query) <numeric value>is, numeric value 0 to 9 3SRE<numeric value> Sets the bits of the Status Byte Enable Register. <numeric value>: numeric value A decimal expression of the contents of the Status Byte Enable Register (Bit 6 must always be set to 0) 3SRE? Queries the contents of the Status Byte Enable Register. Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. 3STB? Queries the contents of the Status Byte Register. (Query only) Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. 3TRG Triggers the 4263B when the trigger mode is set to Bus trigger mode. (No query) 3TST? Executes an internal self-test and the test result as the sum of the error cords of all existing errors. If there is no error the 4263B returns a 0. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Test Item Error Code RAM 1 EPROM 2 Calibration data (EEPROM) 4 User's data (EEPROM) 8 A/D converter 16 Backup RAM 32 Query response is a numeric value in <NR1> format. GPIB Reference 5-37 3WAI Makes the 4263B wait until all previously sent commands are completed. (No query) 5-38 GPIB Reference 4263B 4263B Status Reporting Structure This section provides information about the status reporting structure for Service Request functions which correspond to SCPI. Figure 5-2. Status Reporting Structure Service Request (SRQ) The 4263B can send an SRQ (Service Request) control signal when it requires the controller to perform a task. When the 4263B generates an SRQ, it also sets Bits 6 of the Status Byte Register, RQS (Request Service) bit. Service Request Enable Register allows an application programmer to select which summary messages in the Status Byte Register may cause service requests. (Illustrates in status-byte.) GPIB Reference 5-39 4263B Status Byte Register The Status Byte Register is composed of eight bits that summarize an overlaying status data structure. The Status Byte Register can be read using either *STB? or SPOLL, which return a decimal expression of the contents of the register (equal to the sum of the total bit weights of all the bits set to \1"). Figure 5-3. Status Byte Register Table 5-4. Status Byte Assignments Bit No. 7 6 Bit Weight 128 64 5 4 32 16 3 8 20 5-40 GPIB Reference Description Operation Status Register Summary Bit Request Service Bit | This bit is set when any enabled bit of the Status Byte Register has been set, which indicates 4263B has at least one reason for requesting service. SPOLL resets this bit. Standard Event Status Register Summary Bit Message Available Bit | This bit is set whenever the 4263B has data available in the Output Queue, and is reset when the available data is read. Questionable Status Register Summary Bit. Always 0 (zero) 4263B Statndard Event Status Register The Standard Event Status Register is frequently used and is one of the simplest. You can program it using GPIB common commands, *ESE and *ESR?. Refer to *ESE command and *ESR? command in \Command Reference". Figure 5-4. Standard Event Status Register GPIB Reference 5-41 4263B Table 5-5. Standard Event Status Register Assignments 7 Bit Weight 128 6 5 32 4 16 3 8 2 4 1 0 1 Bit No. Description Power-On Bit | This bit is set when the 4263B has been turned OFF and then ON since the last time this register was read. Always 0 (zero) Command Error Bit | This bit is set if the following command errors occur.  An IEEE 488.2 syntax error occurred.  The 4263Breceived a Group Execute Trigger (GET) inside a program message. Execution Error Bit | This is set when a parameter of a GPIB command was outside of its legal input range or was otherwise inconsistent with the 4263B's capabilities. Device-Dependent Error Bit | This bit is set when so many errors have occurred that the error queue is full. Query Error Bit | This bit is set when reading data from the output bu er and no data was present, or when the data was lost. Always (zero) Operation Complete Bit | This bit is set when the 4263B has completed all selected pending operations before sending the *OPC command. Standard Operation Status Group The 4263B provides two Standard Operation Status group | Operation Status Register group an d Questionable Status Register group | which can be accessed using the STATus subsystem commands. (Refer to STATus subsystem in \GPIB Commands".) As a beginner, you will rarely need to use this group. The individual bit assignment of these registers are given in \Operation Status Register" and \Questionable Status Register" later in this section. Each group includes a condition register an event register, and an enable register. (Illustrated in Figure 5-5.) The condition register re ects the internal states of the 4263B. So each time the 4263B's condition is changed, its condition bit is changed from \0" to \1", or from \1" to \0". The event register's bits correspond to the register's bits. A transition lter reports an event to the event register, when a condition register bit changes from \1" to \0" for all bits except for bit no. 8 and 9. For bit no's 8 and 9, when a condition register bit changes from \0" to \1". The enable register enable the corresponding bit in the event register to set the status summary bit, bit 7 or bit 3, of the Status Byte Register. 5-42 GPIB Reference 4263B Figure 5-5. Standard Operation Status Group Structure GPIB Reference 5-43 4263B Operation Status Register The Operational Status Register group provides information about the state of the 4263B measurement system. Bit No. 10-15 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit No. 10 - 15 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Table 5-6. Operation Status Condition Register Assignments Bit Description Weight Always 0 (zero) 512 BUF2 fullness | This bit is set when the BUF2 is full. 256 BUF1 fullness | This bit is set when the BUF1 is full. 128 Correcting | This bit is set when the correction data measurement is in progress. Always 0 (zero) 32 Waiting for Trigger | This bit is set when the 4263B can accept a trigger. 16 Measuring | This bit is set when the 4263B is actively measuring. Always 0 (zero) 4 Ranging | This bit is set when the 4263B is currently changing its range. 2 Settling | The 4263B is waiting for signals it controls to stabilize enough to begin a measurement. Always 0 (zero) Table 5-7. Operation Status Event Register Assignments Bit Description Weight Always 0 (zero) 512 This bit is set when the BUF2 has become full. 256 This bit is set when the BUF1 has become full. 128 This bit is set when the correction data measurement has completed. Always 0 (zero) 32 This bit is set when the 4263B has become able to accept a trigger. 16 This bit is set when the measurement has completed. Always 0 (zero) 4 This bit is set when the ranging has completed. 2 This bit is set when the settling has completed. Always 0 (zero) Questionable Status Register The 4263B has no operation to report the event to the Questionable Status Register group, all of whose bits are always 0. This register is available to keep consistency with other SCPI compatible instruments. 5-44 GPIB Reference 4263B Table 5-8. Questionable Status Register Assignments Bit No. Bit Weight Description 150 Always 0 (Zero) GPIB Reference 5-45 4263B Trigger System This section provides information about trigger system of the 4263B. SCPI de nes a common trigger model for several types of instruments. Information on the trigger system requires more technical expertise than most other topics covered in this chapter. But you can avoid having to learn the information in this section by using the :INITiate commands to make your measurements. 4263B Trigger System Con guration The trigger system synchronizes the 4263B measurement with speci ed events.. Event includes GPIB trigger command or input pulse on Ext Trigger terminal. The trigger system also allows you to specify the number of times to repeat a measurement and the delays between measurements. Figure 5-6. Trigger System Con guration Figure 5-6 shows the con guration of the 4263B trigger system. Each undashed block is called a trigger state. The 4263B moves between adjacent states depending on its conditions. The power ON state is called the Idle state. You can force the 4263B to the idle state using the :ABORt or *RST command. The Initiate and Trigger Event Detection state branches to next state, regardless of whether the 4263B satis es the speci ed conditions or not. The Sequence Operation state signals the instrument hardware to take a measurement and listens for a signal saying that measurement has been taken. IDLE State The trigger system remains in the Idle state until it is initiated by :INITiate:IMMediate or :INITiate;CONTinuous ON. Once one of these conditions is satis ed, the trigger system exits downward to the Initiate state. Note that *RST sets :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF. 5-46 GPIB Reference 4263B Initiate State If the trigger system is on a downward path, it travels directly through the Initiate state without restrictions. If the trigger system is on an upward path, and :INITiate:CONTinuous is ON, then it exits downward to an Trigger Event Detection state. If the trigger system is on an upward path and :INITiate:CONTinuous is OFF, then it exits upward to the idle state. Trigger Event Detection State If the trigger system is on a downward path, it branches as follows. Figure 5-7. Inside an Trigger Event Detection State SOURce DELay IMMediate The :TRIGer:SOURce command speci es which particular input can generate the event required to continue the downward path. The TRIGger:DELay command allows you to specify a time delay after trigger signal is detected. For example, you may want to delay acquiring data until 5 ms after the positive edge to allow the measured signal to settle. Sending *RST sets:TRUGger:DELay to zero. The :TRIGger:IMMediate command bypasses event detection, DELay quali cations one time. The upward path through the Trigger Event Detection state contains only one condition. If the condition is satis ed, the trigger system exits upward. Sequence Operation State The downward entrance to the Sequence Operation state forces the 4263B to start a measurement. An upward exit is not allowed until the measurement is complete. GPIB Reference 5-47 4263B Data Transfer Format ASCii Numeric data is transferred as ASCii bytes in <NR1> (integer), <NR2> ( xed point) or <NR3> ( oating point) formats, as appropriate. The numbers are separated by commas as speci ed in IEEE 488.2. Figure 5-8. NR1 Format Figure 5-9. NR2 Format Figure 5-10. NR3 Format For example, expressions for \1000" are, 1000 <NR1> format 1000.0 <NR2> format 1.0E3 <NR3> format 5-48 GPIB Reference 4263B REAL Figure 5-11. REAL Data Format This data eld is initiated by a unique code, the number sign (3). The second byte,\<num digit>" designates the number of the bytes for the \<num bytes>", \<num bytes>" designates \<data bytes>" length. \<new line>&END" is the response message terminator. \<data bytes>" contains the data in IEEE 754 oating point numbers of 64-bits. This is the same data format used by the HP Technical computers, such as the HP 9000 series 200/300 computers. The real number RN represented in oating point format is provided by the following format. When 0 < e < 2047 (11111111111 2 ) RN = (01)s 2 2 (EXP-1023) 2 (1+f/252 ) When e = 0 RN = (01)s 2 2 -l022 2 (f/252 ) When e = 0,f = 0 RN = 0 Where, s Value of sign part (binary) e Value of exponential part (binary) EXP Decimal expression of exponential part f Decimal expression of fractional part GPIB Reference 5-49 6 Application Measurement This chapter provides actual measurement examples as follows: Measuring Electrolytic Capacitors Measuring Transformers Measuring Electrolytic Capacitors (Sample Program) This example shows how to measure electrolytic capacitors using a handler. 1. Set up the measurement system. The following gure shows a typical system. Figure 6-1. Measuring Electrolytic Capacitors Application Measurement 6-1 4263B 2. Run the following sample program. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 ! OPTION BASE 1 DIM St(2,200),Dat(2,200),Comp(2,200) Hp_ib=7 ASSIGN @Hp4263 TO 717 ASSIGN @Binary TO 717;FORMAT OFF ! OUTPUT @Hp4263;"*RST" OUTPUT @Hp4263;"*CLS" ! OUTPUT @Hp4263;":SENS:FUNC 'FIMP'" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":CALC1:FORM CS" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":CALC2:FORM D" ! OUTPUT @Hp4263;":SOUR:VOLT 1" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":SOUR:FREQ 120" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":FIMP:APER 0.025" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":SENS:FIMP:RANG:AUTO OFF" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":SENS:FIMP:RANG 1E3" ! DISP "Open the test leads, then press the `Continue'." PAUSE DISP "OPEN Correction" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":SENS:CORR:COLL STAN1" OUTPUT @Hp4263;"*OPC?" ENTER @Hp4263;A ! DISP "Short the test leads, then press the `Continue'." PAUSE DISP "SHORT Correction" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":SENS:CORR:COLL STAN2" OUTPUT @Hp4263;"*OPC?" ENTER @Hp4263;A ! DISP "Connect DUT, then press the `Continue'." PAUSE DISP ! OUTPUT @Hp4263;":CALC1:LIM:UPP 1.05E-6; LOW 0.95E-6" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":CALC2:LIM:UPP 0.1; LOW:STAT OFF" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":CALC1:LIM:STAT ON" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DISP OFF" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":TRIG:SOUR EXT" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":FORM REAL" ! OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DATA:POIN BUF1,200" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DATA:POIN BUF2,200" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DATA:FEED BUF1,'CALC1'" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DATA:FEED BUF2,'CALC2'" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DATA:FEED:CONT BUF1,ALW" OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DATA:FEED:CONT BUF2,ALW" ! 6-2 Application Measurement 4263B 530 OUTPUT @Hp4263;":STAT:OPER:ENAB ";DVAL("0000001000000000",2) 540 OUTPUT @Hp4263;"*SRE ";DVAL("10000000",2) 550 OUTPUT @Hp4263;":INIT:CONT ON" 560 ! 570 ! Triggering 580 ! 590 ON INTR Hp_ib GOTO Buffer_full 600 ENABLE INTR Hp_ib;2 610 LOOP 620 END LOOP 630 ! 640 Buffer_full:OFF INTR 650 DISP "Buffer full." 660 OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DATA? BUF1" 670 ENTER @Binary USING "#,6A";A$ 680 FOR I=1 TO 200 690 ENTER @Binary;St(1,I),Dat(1,I),Comp(1,I) 700 NEXT I 710 ENTER @Binary USING "#,A";A$ 720 ! 730 OUTPUT @Hp4263;":DATA? BUF2" 740 ENTER @Binary USING "#,6A";A$ 750 FOR I=1 TO 200 760 ENTER @Binary;St(2,I),Dat(2,I),Comp(2,I) 770 NEXT I 780 ENTER @Binary USING "#,A";A$ 790 ! 800 FOR I=1 TO 200 810 PRINT "CS:";Dat(1,I),"Comp:";Comp(1,I),"D:";Dat(2,I),"Comp:";Comp(2,I) 820 NEXT I 830 END Figure 6-2. Sample Program to Measure Electrolytic Capacitors Lines 80 and 90 Lines 110 to 130 Line 150 Line 160 Line 170 Line 180 and 190 Lines 210 to 260 Lines 280 to 330 Lines 350 to 370 Caution Reset the 4263B and clears the status byte register. Set measurement parameters to Cs-D. Sets test signal level to 1 V. Sets test signal frequency to 100 Hz. Sets measurement time mode to Short. Set measurement range to 1 k . Perform an OPEN correction. Perform a SHORT correction. Prompt the operator to connect the DUT. Before you measure a capacitor, be sure the capacitor is fully discharged. Internal input circuit of the 4263B is protected when a charged capacitor is connected. However the protection is not perfect, that is, the maximum capacitor voltage is limited (see Figure 8-2). A capacitor is charged for a insertion resistance measurement that is usually performed before C and ESR measurements. If the capacitor is not fully discharged after the insertion Application Measurement 6-3 4263B resistance measurement, the 4263B may be broken down at the C and ESR measurements. To avoid the breakdown of the 4263B, add double (or triple) processes for discharging the capacitor in an automatic measurement system using a handler. Line 390 Line 400 Line 410 Line 420 Line 430 Line 440 Lines 460 to 510 Lines 530 and 540 Line 570 Lines 590 to 650 Lines 660 to 710 Lines 730 to 780 Lines 800 to 820 6-4 Application Measurement Sets the comparator limit values for the primary parameter (Cs); the lower limit to 95 F and the upper limit to the 105 F. Sets the comparator limit values for the secondary parameter (D); the lower limit to OFF and the upper limit to 0.1. Enables the comparator function. Clears the LCD display. Sets trigger source mode to External. Sets data transfer format to 64-bit real transfer format. Set size of data bu ers BUF1 and BUF2 to 200, set to feed the Cs to BUF1 and D to BUF2, and set to feed data into the data bu ers whenever new data is available. Enable the BUF1 and BUF2 full bits of the operation status register, and the operation status register summary bit of the status byte register. Triggers the measurement from the external trigger source. Wait until the data bu ers are full. Retrieve Cs data which is held in BUF1. Retrieve D data which is held in BUF2. Print the measurement data. 4263B Note When measuring capacitance of large valued capacitors, set the trigger delay time to prevent the transient caused by the DUT (capacitor) and the test signal source resistor. For example, when the test signal frequency is 100/120 Hz and the measurement time mode is Short, the following gure shows the relation between the trigger delay time and the additional error. Application Measurement 6-5 4263B Measuring Transformers This example shows how to measure transformers. 1. Connect the 16060A test xture to the UNKNOWN terminals. Connect the furnished BNC test leads to the 16060A. 2. Reset the 4263B. Press to display the reset menu. Select Yes using or , and press . 3. Select test signal frequency. Press to display the frequency setting menu. Select the desired frequency using or (for example, 1kHz), and press . 4. Select test signal level. Press to display the level setting menu. Set the desired level using the numeric key and the engineering key (or ), and press . 5. Select the L2-N measurement mode. Press . Select L2 using or Then select N using or , and press , and press . . a. Perform the OPEN correction to cancel the test xture's stray admittance. i. Short the test leads corresponding to the \A" and \B" terminals of the 16060A. Short the test leads corresponding to the \COMMON" terminals of the 16060A. ii. Press to display the OPEN correction menu. Select OpenMeas using or , and press . b. Cancel the test xture's residual impedance using the deviation measurement function. Note When using the 16060A, do not use the 4263B's SHORT correction function. 6-6 Application Measurement 4263B i. Short all the test leads connected to the 16060A's \A", \B", and \COMMON" terminals. ii. Press to display the deviation measurement menu. Select 1RefEnt using or , and press . iii. Press to measure the reference value of the primary parameter, and press to set the measurement result as the reference. iv. Press to measure the reference value of the secondary parameter, and press to set the measurement result as the reference. v. Select Prim, and select 1ABS. Then exit the deviation measurement menu by selecting Exit. c. Connect the alligator clips to the transformer to be measured as shown in Figure 6-3. Figure 6-3. Connecting a Transformer The measurement results are shown below. In this example, the A:B switch was on the N:1 setting. This means that the displayed L2 value is the inductance of the winding on the side of the transformer that is connected to the \A" terminal. To obtain the inductance of the other side of the transformer, change the A:B switch setting to the 1:N setting. (N reading invalid) Application Measurement 6-7 4263B Note When \-------" is displayed as the measured value of N, change the A:B switch setting on the 16060A. 6. Measure L2-M. a. Press . Select L2 and press . Then select M and press . b. Set the deviation measurement function to cancel the residual impedance again, because changing the measurement parameter resets the deviation measurement function. i. Press . Select Prim, and select 1ABS. ii. Exit the deviation measurement menu by selecting Exit. c. The measurement results are shown below. Again, L2 corresponds to the side of the transformer connected to the \A" terminal, since the A:B switch is on N:1. 7. Measure L2-R2. . Select L2 and press a. Press . Then select R2 and press . b. Set the deviation measurement function to cancel the residual impedance again, because changing the measurement parameter resets the deviation measurement function. i. Press . Select Prim, and select 1ABS. ii. Exit the deviation measurement menu by selecting Exit. 6-8 Application Measurement 4263B 8. The measurement results are shown below. R2, like L2, corresponds to the side of the transformer connected to the \A" terminal. To obtain the resistance of the other side of the transformer, change the A:B switch setting to 1:N. Measuring High Inductance Transformers When measuring the DCR or R2 of a high inductance coil or transformer, set the trigger delay time (Tw ) to prevent a transient of the test signal due to the inductance of the DUT and the resistance of the DUT and the test signal source. Tw = k 2L 25 + DCR where, k is the constant (5 to 20). L is the measured inductance value [H]. DCR is the measured DC Resistance value (Rdc or R2) [. Refer to \Test Current Level" in Chapter 3 for more information. Application Measurement 6-9 7 Impedance Measurement Basics This chapter contains more detailed information on measurements using the 4263B, that should help you to work more eciently. The following sections are included. Characteristics Example Parallel/Series Circuit Mode Four-Terminal Pair Con guration Measurement Contacts Correction Function of the 4263B Impedance Measurement Basics 7-1 4263B Characteristics Example Figure 7-1 shows typical characteristics of various components. As can be seen in the gure, a component can have di erent e ective parameter values dependent upon its operating conditions. The measured values most useful in actual applications are obtained from precise measurement under the actual operating conditions. Figure 7-1. Typical Characteristics of Components 7-2 Impedance Measurement Basics 4263B Parallel/Series Circuit Mode There are two equivalent circuit models used to measure L, C, or R components. They are the parallel and series models as shown in Table 7-1. Circuit Model Cp Model Cs Model Lp Model Ls Model Table 7-1. Parallel/Series Circuit Model Measurement De nition of D, Q, and G Function 1 1 Cp-D D = 2fCpRp = Q Cp-Q Cp-G 1 Cs-D D = 2fCs Rs = Q Cs-Q Cs-Rs Rp 1 Lp-D Q = 2fLp = D Lp-Q Lp-G 1 Ls-D Q = 2fLs = D Rs Ls-Q Ls-Rs Impedance Measurement Basics 7-3 4263B Selecting Circuit Model for Capacitance Measurement The following description gives some practical guide lines for selecting the appropriate capacitance measurement circuit model. Small Capacitance Values Small capacitance yields a large reactance, which implies that the e ect of the large value parallel resistance (Rp) has relatively more signi cance than that of the low value series resistance (Rs). So the parallel circuit model (Cp-D, Cp-Q, or Cp-G) is the one to use. (Refer to Figure 7-2 (a).) Large Capacitance Values When the measurement involves a large value of capacitance (low reactance), Rs has relatively more signi cance than Rp, so the series circuit model (Cs-D, Cs-Q, or Cs-Rs) is the one to use. (Refer to Figure 7-2 (b).) Figure 7-2. Capacitance Circuit Model Selection The following are rules of thumb for selecting the circuit model according to the reactance of the capacitor.  Above approx. 10 k : Use parallel circuit model  Below approx. 10 : Use series circuit model  Between above values : Follow the manufacturer's recommendation For example, to measure a 20 nF capacitor at 100 Hz (reactance is approximately 80 k ), the parallel circuit model is suitable. 7-4 Impedance Measurement Basics 4263B Selecting Circuit Model for Inductance Measurement The following description gives some practical guide lines for selecting the appropriate inductance measurement circuit model. Small Inductance Values For low values of inductance the reactance is typically small so Rs is more signi cant. Therefore , the series circuit model (Ls-D, Ls-Q, or Ls-Rs) is appropriate. (Refer to Figure 7-3 (a).) Large Inductance Values Conversely for large inductances, the reactance is typically large, so Rp becomes more signi cant than Rs. So, a measurement in the parallel circuit model (Lp-D, Lp-Q, or Lp-G) is more suitable. (Refer to Figure 7-3 (b).) Figure 7-3. Inductance Circuit Model Selection The following are rules of thumb for selecting the circuit model according to the reactance of the inductor.  Above approx. 10 k : Use the parallel circuit model  Below approx. 10 : Use the series circuit model  Between above values : Follow the manufacturer's recommendation For example, to measure a 1 H inductor at 1 kHz (reactance is approximately 6.3 m ), the series circuit model is suitable. Impedance Measurement Basics 7-5 4263B Four-Terminal Pair Con guration The 4263B uses the four-terminal pair measurement con guration which permits easy, stable, and accurate measurements and avoids the measurement limitations due to factors such as mutual inductance, interference of the measurement signals, and unwanted residual in the test connections. Figure 7-4 shows the four-terminal pair measurement principle. The UNKNOWN terminals consists of four coaxial connectors. HCUR : High current HPOT : High potential LPOT : Low potential LCUR : Low current Figure 7-4. Four-Terminal Pair Measurement Principle The four-terminal pair measurement method has the advantage in both low and high impedance measurements. The outer shield conductors work as the return path for the measurement signal current (they are not grounded). The same current ows through both the center conductors and outer shield conductors (in opposite directions), so no external magnetic elds are generated around the conductors (the magnetic elds produced by the inner and outer currents completely cancel each other). Therefore, test leads do not contribute additional errors due to self or mutual inductance between the individual leads. 7-6 Impedance Measurement Basics 4263B Measurement Contacts To realize accurate measurements using the four-terminal pair measurement technique, the following two conditions are required: (Refer to Figure 7-5 for each numbered point.) 1. The signal path between the LCR Meter and DUT should be as short as possible. 2. For a four-terminal pair measurement circuit con guration, the outer shields of HCUR and HPOT, LCUR , and LPOT terminals must all be connected together at a point as near as possible to the DUT. Figure 7-5. Measurement Contacts Impedance Measurement Basics 7-7 4263B Capacitance to Ground To measure capacitors of 10 pF or less, the stray capacitance between the measurement contacts and the conductors near the capacitor will in uence the measurement, as shown in Figure 7-6. Figure 7-6. Model of Capacitance to Ground To minimize the stray capacitance of the test leads, the center conductor of the test leads should be kept as short as possible, as shown in Figure 7-7, (A). If four-terminal pair connections are close to the point where contact is made with the DUT, interconnect the shields of the measurement terminals to the conductor to reduce the in uence of the stray capacitance to ground, as shown in Figure 7-7, (b). Figure 7-7. Reducing Capacitance to Ground 7-8 Impedance Measurement Basics 4263B Contact Resistance Contact resistance between the contacting terminals and the DUT causes measurement error when measuring large values of capacitance, especially in D (dissipation factor) measurements. When measuring large capacitance values, the four-terminal measurement contacts have the advantage of less measurement error as compared to the two terminal method. Select a test xture which can hold the DUT tight to stabilize the connection and to give the lowest contact resistance. Figure 7-8. Contact Con guration Extending Test Leads If you need to extend your test leads and measurement contact cannot be made using the four-terminal pair con guration, use the connection shown in Figure 7-9. Figure 7-9. Measurement Contacts for Test Lead Extension Impedance Measurement Basics 7-9 4263B Using a Guard Plate for Low Capacitance Measurements Use a guard plate to minimize measurement errors caused by stray capacitance when measuring low capacitance values, such as chip capacitors. See Figure 7-10. Figure 7-10. Example of DUT Guard Plate Connection Shielding Shielding minimizes the e ects of electrical noise picked up by the test leads. So, provide a shield plate and connect it to the outer shield conductors of the four-terminal pair test leads as shown in Figure 7-11. Figure 7-11. Guard Shield 7-10 Impedance Measurement Basics 4263B Contact Check To realize accurate measurements and to make the contact check function work correctly, use the following guide lines. Using the four-terminal pair con guration, place your test leads as near as possible to the DUT. Minimize CHL and CPC by arranging your test leads as shown in Figure 7-12. If CHL is large, the valid range of the contact check is reduced. If CPC is larger than about 3 pF, the contact check function may perceive that the DUT is connected even if it is not. Figure 7-12. Stray Capacitance Causing Contact Check Error Impedance Measurement Basics 7-11 4263B Correction Functions of the 4263B The 4263B has the following correction functions, Cable Length correction, OPEN, SHORT, and LOAD corrections. These correction functions are used to correct errors due to test xtures and test leads. Table 7-2 lists these correction functions with a brief description of each. Correction Selection Cable Length Correction OPEN/SHORT Correction OPEN/SHORT/LOAD Correction Table 7-2. Correction Functions Description Correct phase shift error due to the test leads. Correct for stray admittance and residual impedance of the test xture. Correct complicated errors that cannot be removed by the OPEN/SHORT correction. Typical Usage  Measurements using the 16048A/D/E, 16089A/B/C/D  Measurements using an Agilent test xture directly connected to the UNKNOWN terminals  Measurements using a test xture that has complicated residuals (such as custom made xtures)  Measurement using a non-Agilent extension cable Examples: Simple measurements using an Agilent direct connecting test xture. In this case, the LOAD correction is not required. The OPEN/SHORT correction is enough to correct the residual errors. 7-12 Impedance Measurement Basics 4263B Measurements using Agilent test leads and a test xture. In this case, the Cable Length correction and the OPEN/SHORT correction are used. Measurement using a xture that has complicated residual errors. Perform the OPEN/SHORT/LOAD correction using a LOAD standard. Impedance Measurement Basics 7-13 4263B Standard for the LOAD Correction You need a standard to do the LOAD correction. This can be any standard which has speci ed reference values. The type of standard does not have to be same as the device to be measured. That is, a capacitor standard can be used when you want to measure inductors. Using a Standard Supplied by a Component Manufacturer Use the manufacturer speci ed values of the standard as the reference values for the LOAD correction. Using Your Own Standard If you do not have a standard with speci ed reference values, you can use a device such as a general purpose capacitor or resistor. To use such a device, it is necessary to measure its impedance value accuratelly. The measured impedance value is used as the reference value for the LOAD correction. Selecting the LOAD standard. The criteria for selecting the LOAD standard is as follows: When measuring DUTs of various impedance values, it is recommended to use a 100 to 1 k device as the LOAD standard. It can be measured accurately by LCR meters. When measuring a DUT of one impedance value, it is recommended that the LOAD standard have a impedance value close to that of the DUT. It is important to use the stable LOAD standard not susceptable to in uences of environment such as temperature or magnetic elds. From this viewpoit, capacitors or resistors are better suited than inductors. Measuring the LOAD reference value. Use the following procedure to measure the LOAD standard's value accurately. 1. Connect the Agilent direct-connect test xture (such as 16047A) to a high accuracy LCR meter, and perform the OPEN/SHORT correction. 2. Set the test frequency. It should be same as the frequency for measuring the DUT. 3. Set the LCR meter's measurement conditions (such as integration time or averaging time) so that it can measure as accurately as possible. 4. Connect the LOAD standard to the test xture, and measure its impedance value. This measurement value is used as a LOAD reference value. 7-14 Impedance Measurement Basics 8 Speci cations This chapter describes general information regarding the 4263B. This chapter is made up of the following sections. Speci cations Supplemental Performance Characteristics Speci cations 8-1 4263B Speci cations Measurement Parameters Z (jZj) : Absolute value of impedance Y (jYj) : Absolute value of admittance () : Phase angle R : Resistance X : Reactance G : Conductance B : Susceptance L : Inductance (four-terminal pair con guration) C : Capacitance Q : Quality factor D : Dissipation factor Rs (ESR) : Equivalent series resistance Rp : Parallel resistance Option 001: Add the following parameters: L2 : Inductance (two-terminal con guration) N : Turns ratio 1/N : Reciprocal of N M : Mutual inductance Rdc : DC resistance (four-terminal pair con guration) R2 : DC resistance (two-terminal con guration) 6 Measurement Conditions Test Signal Test Signal Frequency 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 20 kHz (option 002 only), and 100 kHz Test Signal Frequency Accuracy 60.01% (@ 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 20 kHz, and 100 kHz) 61% (@ 120 Hz) Test Signal Level VOSC 20 mV to 1 Vrms, 5 mV resolution Test Signal Accuracy 6(10% + 10 mV), @ 50 mV  Vosc  1 V (Test Signal Accuracy at Vosc < 50 mV is typical data.) Internal DC Bias Level 0 V, 1.5 V, and 2 V Internal DC Bias Accuracy 6(5% + 2 mV) External DC Bias 0 to +2.5 V 8-2 Speci cations 4263B Test Cable Lengths 0 m, 1 m, 2 m, 4 m (@ 100 Hz, 120 Hz, 1 kHz) 0 m, 1 m, 2 m (@ 10 kHz, 20 kHz) 0 m, 1 m (@ 100 kHz) Measurement Time Mode Short, Medium, and Long Ranging Auto and Hold (manual) Averaging 1 to 256 Trigger Mode Internal, Manual, External, and Bus Trigger Delay Time 0 to 9.999 seconds in 0.001 seconds steps Measurement Range Parameter Z, R, X Y, G, B C L Measurement Range 1 m to 100 M 10 nS to 1000 S 1 pF to 1 F 10 nH to 100 kH Parameter D Q 6 () Rdc Measurement Range 0.0001 to 9.9999 0.1 to 9999.9 0180  to 180  1 m to 100 M Measurement Accuracy The following conditions must be met: 1. Warm up time:  15 min 2. OPEN and SHORT corrections have been performed. 3. Test Signal Level Vosc = 50 mV, 100 mV, 250 mV, 500 mV, 1 V (Measurement accuracy at Vosc other than above listed points is typical data.) 4. Ambient temperature: 23 6 5  C Within the temperature (T) range of 0 to 45  C, multiply the basic accuracy by the following temperature induced error, 8  C  T < 18  C, or 28  C < T  38  C : 2 2 0  C  T < 8  C, or 38  C < T  45  C : 2 4 Speci cations 8-3 4263B jZj, jYj, L, C, R, X, G, B, and Rdc accuracy (Ae [%]) When jZxj > 100 Ae = A + B 2 C 2 jZxj / Zs + D / jZxj + jZxj / E When jZxj or DCR  100 Ae = A + B 2 C 2 Zs / jZxj + D / jZxj + jZxj / E where, jZxj is the measured jZj value. When measuring Y, L, C, R, X, G, B, or Rdc, convert the value to the impedance value using Figure 8-1. Zs is the setup range value and is given in Table 8-1. A, B, and C are given in Table 8-1. D is given in Table 8-2. E is given in Table 8-3. p p L, C, X, B accuracies apply when Dx (measured D value)  0.1. 2 When Dx > 0.1, multiply Ae by 1 + Dx . R, G accuracies apply when Qx (measured Q value)  0.1. When Qx > 0.1, multiply Ae by 1 + Q2 . x The accuracy of G above applies when in G-B mode. Figure 8-1. Conversion Diagram 8-4 Speci cations 4263B j Zx j Table 8-1. Measurement Accuracy Parameter: A, B, and C Z s DC 1 M  jZx j  100 M 1 M 0.85 / 0.85 0.075 / 0.025 100 k  jZx j < 1 M 100 k 0.85 / 0.85 0.055 / 0.02 10 k  jZx j < 100 k 10 k 1 k  jZx j < 10 k 100 10 < jZxj  100 100 1 < jZxj  10 10 100 m < jZx j  1 1 1 m  jZx j  100 m 100 m 10 kHz 1 k 100 < jZx j  1 k A [%] (Short / Medium, Long) B [%] (Short / Medium, Long) Test Signal Frequency 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 0.13 / 0.1 0.04 / 0.02 0.48 / 0.48 0.042 / 0.022 0.48 / 0.15 0.055 / 0.023 0.13 / 0.095 0.02 / 0.01 0.36 / 0.36 0.022 / 0.0152 0.11 / 0.09 0.02 / 0.01 0.85 / 0.85 0.09 / 0.02 0.85 / 0.85 0.29 / 0.1 0.48 / 0.15 0.075 / 0.0251 0.16 / 0.16 0.02 / 0.015 0.13 / 0.12 0.02 / 0.01 0.4 / 0.4 0.03 / 0.01 0.4 / 0.4 0.095 / 0.03 0.2 / 0.2 0.02 / 0.015 0.4 / 0.4 0.03 / 0.015 0.4 / 0.4 0.075 / 0.03 0.5 / 0.17 0.055 / 0.02 0.5 / 0.4 0.09 / 0.02 0.5 / 0.4 0.29 / 0.1 1 When the DC Bias is set to ON, 0.075 / 0.045 2 Multiply the number by the following error, when the cable length is 1 m or 2m. 1 m : 22.5 2 m : 24 3 When the DC bias is set to ON, 0.055 / 0.040 Speci cations 8-5 4263B Table 8-1. Measurement Accuracy Parameter: A, B, and C (continued) C j Zx j Zs A [%] (Short / Medium, Long) B [%] (Short / Medium, Long) Test Signal Frequency 20 kHz 100 kHz 1 M  jZx j  100 M 1 M 1.9 / 1.9 0.121 / 0.061 Not Speci ed 100 k  jZx j < 1 M 100 k 1.4 / 1.4 0.051 / 0.031 1.152 / 1.152 0.112 / 0.12 10 k  jZx j < 100 k 10 k 1 k  jZx j < 10 k 1 k 100 < jZx j < 1 k 100 10 < jZx j  100 100 1 < jZx j  10 10 100 m < jZx j  1 1 1 m  jZx j  100 m 100 m 0.8 / 0.8 0.05 / 0.03 0.7 / 0.7 0.05 / 0.03 0.7 / 0.7 0.05 / 0.03 0.5 / 0.5 0.05 / 0.03 0.6 / 0.6 0.05 / 0.03 0.6 / 0.6 0.05 / 0.03 0.6 / 0.6 0.14 / 0.06 1.12 / 1.12 0.11 / 0.1 1.12 / 1.12 0.11 / 0.1 0.83 / 0.83 0.11 / 0.1 0.97 / 0.97 0.11 / 0.1 0.97 / 0.97 0.11 / 0.1 0.97 / 0.97 0.14 / 0.1 1 (@ 1 V, DC) 5 (@ 500 mV) 10 (@ 250 mV) 25 (@ 100 mV) 50 (@ 50 mV) 1 (@ 1 V, DC) 2 (@ 500 mV) 4 (@ 250 mV) 8 (@ 100 mV) 15 (@ 50 mV) 1 (@ 1 V, DC) 1 (@ 500 mV) 2 (@ 250 mV) 5 (@ 100 mV) 10 (@ 50 mV) 1 (@ 1 V, DC) 2 (@ 500 mV) 1 Multiply the number by the following error, when the cable length is 1 m or 2m. 1 m : 22.5 2 m : 24 2 Use 10 k as the Zs value, even if the jZx j value is 100 k  jZx j < 1 M . Table 8-2. Measurement Accuracy Parameter: D Cable Length D Test Signal Frequency DC, 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz 0m 0.002 0.0045 0.025 0.05 0.25 1m 0.01 0.0165 0.075 0.15 0.75 2m 0.018 0.0285 0.125 0.25 | 4m 0.034 0.0525 | | | Table 8-3. Measurement Accuracy Parameter: E E Test Signal Frequency DC, 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz 8 7 2.8210 2.8210 2.82106 1.42106 2.82105 8-6 Speci cations 4263B D accuracy (De) De Ae = 6 100 Accuracy applies when Dx (measured D value)  0.1. When Dx > 0.1, multiply De by (1+Dx ). Q accuracy (Qe) Qe =6 Qx is the measured Q value. De is the D accuracy. Accuracy applies when Qx 2 De < 0.1 6 () accuracy (e ) 2 Q2 De x Qx De 17 2 where, e = 180 2 Ae  G accuracy (Ge) Ge Where, De is the D accuracy. Bx is given as Bx = Bx 2 De = 2fCx = 1 2fLx Where, Cx is the measured C value [F]. Lx is the measured L value [H]. De is the D accuracy. f is the test signal frequency [Hz]. G accuracy described in this paragraph applies, when the Cp-G and Lp-G combinations and Dx (measured D value)  1. Rs Accuracy (RSe [) RSe = Xx 2 De Where, De is the D accuracy. Xx is given as, 1 Xx = 2fLx = 2fCx Cx is the measured C value [F]. Lx is the measured L value [H]. De is the D accuracy. f is the measurement frequency [Hz]. Accuracy applies when Dx (measured D value)  0.1. Where, Speci cations 8-7 4263B Rp Accuracy (RPe [) RPe 2D = 6 RPx7 D e D x RPx is the measured Rp [, De is the D accuracy. Dx is the measured D. Accuracy applies when Dx (measured D value)  0.1. Where, 8-8 Speci cations e 4263B Measurement Support Functions Correction Function OPEN/SHORT correction: Eliminates measurement errors due to stray parasitic impedance in the test xtures. LOAD correction: Improves measurement accuracy by using a calibrated device as a reference. Display 40-digit22-lines LCD display. Capable of displaying: measurement values, comparator/contact check results, comparator limits, control settings, self test messages, and annunciators. Mathematical Functions The deviation and the percent deviation of measurement values from a programmable reference value. Comparator Function High/In/Low for each of the primary measurement parameters and the secondary measurement parameters. Save/Recall Ten instrument setups can be saved/recalled from the internal non-volatile memory. Continuous Memory Capability If the instrument is turned OFF, or if a power failure occurs, the instrument settings are automatically saved. Key Lock Disables key input from the front panel. Contact Check Function Detects contact failure between the test xture and device to assure test integrity. GPIB Interface All control settings, measurement values, self-test results, and comparator information. Handler Interface All output signals are negative logic, opto-isolated open collector outputs. Output Signals Include: High/In/Low, No contact, index, end-of-measurement, and alarm. Input Signals Include: Keylock and external trigger Speci cations 8-9 4263B General Power Requirements 100/120/220/240 V 610%, 47 to 66 Hz 45 VA max Operating Temperature, Humidity and Altitude 0 to 45  C,  95% RH @ 40  C, 0 to 2000 meters Storage Temperature, Humidity and Altitude 040 to 70  C,  90 % RH @ 65  C, 0 to 4572 meters EMC Complies with CISPR 11 (1990) / EN 55011 (1991) : Group 1, Class A. Complies with EN 61000-3-3 (1995) / IEC 1000-3-3 (1994) Complies with EN 50082-1 (1992) / IEC 801-2 (1991) : 4 kV CD, 8 kV AD. Complies with EN 50082-1 (1992) / IEC 801-3 (1984) : 3 V/m. Complies with EN 50082-1 (1992) / IEC 801-4 (1988) : 0.5 kV Signal Lines, 1 kV Power Lines. This ISM device complies with Canadian ICES-001. Cet appareil ISM est conforme a la norme NMB-001 du Canada.  Dimensions approximately 320 (W) by 100 (H) by 300 (D) mm Weight approximately 4.5 kg 8-10 Speci cations 4263B Supplemental Performance Characteristics The supplemental performance characteristics are listed below. These characteristics are not speci cations but are typical characteristics included as additional information for the operator. Test Signal Accuracy 6(10% + 10 mV), @ 20mV  Vosc < 50 mV Test Signal Output Impedance 25 6 10% ( 1 Range) 100 6 10% ( 10 Range) Measurement Accuracy When Vosc 6= 50 mV, 100 mV, 250 mV, 500 mV, 1 V, multiply the Ae [%] value by the following K value. Test Signal Level 20 mV  Vosc < 50 mV 50 mV < Vosc < 100 mV 100 mV < Vosc < 250 mV 250 mV < Vosc < 500 mV 500 mV < Vosc < 1 V K 50 / Vosc [mV] 100 / Vosc[mV] 250 / Vosc[mV] 500 / Vosc[mV] 1000 / Vosc [mV] Level Monitor Accuracy Level monitor accuracy is calculated as follows: 6(Test signal accuracy + Measurement accuracy + 1) % Where, Test signal accuracy [%] : (Vosc[mV]20.1 + 10 mV) / Vosc [mV] Measurement accuracy [%] : Ae, @ Vosc = 50 mV, 100 mV, 250 mV, 500 mV, 1V Ae 2 K, @ Vosc 6= 50 mV, 100 mV, 250 mV, 500 mV, 1V Speci cations 8-11 4263B L2, M, R2 N Measurement Range Parameter Measurement Range L2, M 1 H to 100 H N 0.9 to 200 R2 1 m to 100 M L2, M, R2, N Measurement Accuracy L2 accuracy (L2e [%]) where, L2e = Ae + AEL2 AEL2 [%] is the additional error for L2. AEL2 = (D0 =L2x + L2x =E 0 ) 2 100 where, L2x is the measured L2 value [H]. D' Cable Test Signal Frequency Length 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz 0m 20 H 2 H 2 H 2 H 2 H 1 m, 2 m, 4 m 200 H 20 H 20 H 20 H 20 H E' Test Signal Frequency 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz 200 kH 2.5 kH 25 H 6.25 H 0.25 H M accuracy (Me [%]) where, 8-12 Speci cations Me = L2e + AEM AEM [%] is the additional error for M: AEM = B 2 (L2x =Mx 0 1) where, B is given in Table 8-1. L2x is the measured L2 value (the primary side) [H]. Mx is the measured M value [H]. 4263B R2 measurement accuracy (R2e [%]) where, R2e = Ae + AER2 AER2 [%] is the additional error for R2: AER2 = (D"=R2x ) 2 100 where, R2x is the measured R2 value [. D" is given in the following table. Cable Length 0m 1m 2m 4m D" 250 m 500 m 750 m 1250 m N measurement accuracy (Ne [%]) Ne = F + 100 2 G=L2x + (H + 100 2 I=L2x ) 2 J 2 Nx where, Nx is the measured N value. F, G, H, I and J are given in the following tables. F Measurement Test Signal Frequency Time Mode 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz Short 0.7% 0.3% 0.35% 0.7% 1.1% Medium/Long 0.35% 0.3% 0.35% 0.7% 1.1% G Cable Length Test Signal Frequency 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz 0m 20 H 2 H 2 H 2 H 2 H 1 m, 2 m, 4 m 200 H 20 H 20 H 20 H 20 H H1 Measurement Test Signal Frequency Time Mode 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz2 Short 0.055% 0.02% 0.02% 0.05% 0.11% Medium/Long 0.02% 0.01% 0.015% 0.03% 0.1% 1 When the test signal level is not 1 V, multiply the H value by the following value: 500 mV : 2 1, 250 mV : 2 2, 100 mV : 2 3, 50 mV : 2 6 2 When the cable length is not 0 m, add 0.01 per meter. Speci cations 8-13 4263B I1 Measurement Test Signal Frequency Time Mode 100/120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz 7 H 0.7 H 0.5 H 0.2 H Short 90 H 3.5 H 0.5 H 0.3 H 0.2 H Medium/Long 35 H 1 When the test signal level is not 1 V, multiply the I value by the following value: 500 mV : 2 1, 250 mV : 2 2, 100 mV : 2 3, 50 mV : 2 6 Test Signal Level 20 mV  Vosc  50 mV 50 mV < Vosc  100 mV 100 mV < Vosc  250 mV 250 mV < Vosc  500 mV 500 mV < Vosc  1 V J ( 50 / Vosc [mV] ) 26 ( 100 / Vosc[mV] ) 23 ( 250 / Vosc[mV] ) 22 500 / Vosc[mV] 1000 / Vosc [mV] For example, the following gure shows the relation between the N value, the self-inductance (L2) value, and the measurement error, when the test signal frequency is 1 kHz and the measurement time is Medium/Long. 8-14 Speci cations 4263B Measurement Time The following shows typical measurement times when the level monitor is OFF. For all the measurement modes except Ls-Rdc, Lp-Rdc, L2-R2, L2-N, L2-1/N, and L2-M 1. When DC bias is OFF Total Measurement Time [ms] = Td + Tzm1 Where, Td is the trigger delay time [ms]. Tzm1 is given in Table 8-4, last column. Table 8-4. Measurement Time (DC Bias: OFF) Measurement Analog Digital Tzm11 1 Computation1 (= Analog Meas. Time Mode Measurement + Dig. Comput.)2 25 (30) ms 6 (9) ms Short 19 (21) ms 8 (11) ms 65 (70) ms Medium 57 (59) ms Long 490 (492) ms 10 (13) ms 500 (505) ms , 1 Numbers in parenthesis indicate measurement times when the contact check is performed. 2 Time interval from a trigger command to EOM (end of measurement) signal output at the handler interface port. (Hold range mode, display mode: OFF) 2. When DC bias is ON Total Measurement Time [ms] = Td + Tzm2 Where, Td is the trigger delay time [ms]. Tzm2 is given in Table 8-5, last column. Table 8-5. Measurement Time (DC Bias: ON) Measurement Test Signal Test Signal Level Time Mode Frequency All Short 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 100 kHz 500 mV, 1 V 100 Hz, 120 Hz 50 mV, 100 mV, 250 mV All Medium 1kHz, 10 kHz, 100 kHz 500 mV, 1 V 100 Hz, 120 Hz 50 mV, 100 mV, 250 mV Long 1 kHz, 10 kHz, 100 kHz All 100 Hz, 120 Hz 500 mV, 1 V 50 mV, 100 mV, 250 mV Tzm21 35 (40) ms 90 (95) ms 130 (135) ms 75 (80) ms 110 (115) ms 150 (155) ms 600 (605) ms 850 (855) ms 1200 (1205) ms 1 Numbers in parenthesis indicate measurement times when the contact check is performed. Speci cations 8-15 4263B Ls-Rdc, Lp-Rdc, L2-R2 modes Total Measurement Time [ms] = Td + 120 + Tzm1 + Tdcr (0  Td < 40 ms) Total Measurement Time [ms] = 4 2 Td + Tzm1 + Tdcr (Td  40 ms) Where, Td is the trigger delay time [ms]. Tzm1 is given in Table 8-4. Tdcr is given in Table 8-6. Table 8-6. Additional Measurement Time for Rdc Measurement Measurement Tdcr Time Mode Short 80 ms Medium 400 ms Long 1680 ms L2-N, L2-1/N, L2-M modes Total Measurement Time [ms] = Td + Tzm1 + Tnm Where, Td is the trigger delay time [ms]. Tzm1 is given in Table 8-4. Tnm is given in Table 8-7. Table 8-7. Additional Measurement Time for N and M Measurement Measurement Tnm Time Mode N  approx. 10 N  approx. 10 Short 30 ms 60 ms Medium 80 ms 160 ms Long 500 ms 1000 ms Maximum DC Bias Current Measurement Maximum DC Range Bias Current 100 mA 0.1 to 100 1 mA 1 k , 10 k 10 A 100 k , 1 M DC Bias Settling Time The time for the DUT to be charged 99.9% is as follows: 35 + 700000 2 C [ms] (@ Measurement range  10 ) 35 + 175000 2 C [ms] (@ Measurement range  1 ) Where, C is the DUT's capacitance value [F]. Continuous Memory Duration 72 hours (@ 2365  C) 8-16 Speci cations 4263B Front-end Protection Internal input circuit is protected, when a charged capacitor is connected to the Input terminals. The maximum capacitor voltage is: 1000 V (C < 2 F) 2=C V (2 F  C < 32 F) 250 V (32 F  C < 128 F) 8=C V (C  128 F) (where, C is the capacitance value of capacitor (F) ) p p Caution Figure 8-2. Maximum Capacitor Voltage Do not apply DC voltage or current to the UNKNOWN terminals. Doing so will damage the 4263B. Before you measure a capacitor, be sure the capacitor is fully discharged. Recall time of the saved instrument setup approx. 200 ms Speci cations 8-17 9 Maintenance This chapter provides information on how to maintain the 4263B. 4263B maintenance consists of performance tests and functional tests. Maintenance 9-1 4263B Test Equipment Table 9-1 lists the recommended equipment for performing maintenance on the 4263B. Table 9-1. Recommended Test Equipment Equipment Critical Speci cations Recommended Qty. Use1 Model 5334B 1P Frequency Counter Frequency: 100 Hz to 100 kHz Accuracy: < 25 ppm 3458A 1P Frequency: 100 Hz to 100 kHz RMS Voltmeter Voltage Range: 50 mVrms to 1 Vrms Accuracy: < 1% 3458A 1P DC Voltmeter Voltage Range: 1.5 V to 2 V Accuracy: < 0.1 % No Substitute 42033A2 1P 100 m Standard Resistor No Substitute 42038A2 1F 10 k Standard Resistor 16074A 1P No Substitute 42039A2 100 k Standard Resistor 16074A Standard Capacitor Set No Substitute 16380A 1P Standard Capacitor Set No Substitute 16380C 1P OPEN Termination No Substitute 42090A 1P 16074A SHORT Termination No Substitute 42091A 1P 16074A Power Splitter No Substitute p/n 04192-61001 1 F No Substitute 16048A 1 P, F 1 m Test Leads No Substitute 16048D 1P 2 m Test Leads No Substitute 16048E 1P 4 m Test Leads Transformer Test Fixture No Substitute 16060A 1F Interface Box No Substitute p/n 04284-65007 1 P Adapter BNC(f)-BNC(f) p/n 1250-0080 4 P, F Dual Banana-BNC(f) p/n 1251-2277 1P Cable 61 cm BNC(m)-BNC(m) p/n 8120-1839 1P 30 cm BNC(m)-BNC(m) p/n 8120-1838 3F No Substitute p/n 04339-65007 1 F Handler Interface Tester 1 P: Performance Tests, F: Functional Tests 2 Part of 42030A Standard Resistor Set 9-2 Maintenance 4263B Performance Tests Introduction This section provides the test procedures used to verify that the 4263B's speci cations listed in Chapter 8 are met. All tests can be performed without access to the interior of the instrument. The performance tests can also be used to perform incoming inspection, and to verify that the 4263B meets its performance speci cations after troubleshooting or adjustment. If the performance tests indicate that the 4263B is NOT operating within the speci ed limits, check your test setup, then proceed with troubleshooting if necessary. Note Allow the 4263B to warm up for at least 15 minutes before you execute any of the performance tests. Note Perform all performance tests in ambient conditions of 23  C 6 5  C,  70% RH. Test Equipment Table 9-1 lists the test equipment required to perform the tests described in this section. Use only calibrated test instruments when performance testing the 4263B. Equipment which equals or surpasses the key required speci cations of the recommended equipment may be used as a substitute. Calculation Sheet The calculation sheet is used as an aid for recording raw measurement data, and for calculating the performance test results. The performance test procedure gives the test sequence for performing a test, the complete set of measurement data are recorded on the calculation sheet, the results are calculated using the equations given on the calculation sheet, and the results are transcribed to the performance test record. The procedure for using the calculation sheet is: 1. Photo copy the calculation sheet. 2. Follow the performance test procedure and record the measurement values, the 4263B's reading, etc., into the speci ed column on the calculation sheet. 3. Calculate the test result using the appropriate equation given on the calculation sheet, and record the test result into the Test Result column of the performance test record. Maintenance 9-3 4263B Performance Test Record Record the performance test results in the test record at the end of this section (Photocopy the test record and use the photocopy). The test record lists all test speci cations, their acceptable limits, and measurement uncertainties for the recommended test equipment. Test results recorded during incoming inspection can be used for comparison purposes during periodic maintenance, troubleshooting, and after repair or adjustment. Calibration Cycle The 4263B requires periodic performance tests. The frequency of performance testing depends on the operating and environmental conditions under which the 4263B is used. Verify the 4263B's performance at least once a year, using the performance tests described in this section. How to Set the 4263B for the Performance Tests This section shows the 4263B measurement condition setting procedures, which are used in the performance tests. 1. Resetting the 4263B a. Press to display the reset menu. b. Select Yes using or , and press . 2. Measurement Parameter Settings a. Press to display the measurement parameter setting menu. b. Select the desired primary parameter using or , and press or c. Select the desired secondary parameter using , and press . . 3. Test Signal Frequency Setting a. Press to display the frequency setting menu. b. Select the desired frequency using or , and press . 4. Test Signal Level Setting a. Press to display the test signal level setting menu. b. Select the desired level using or , and press . 5. Measurement Time Mode Setting a. Press to set the desired measurement time mode. The current measurement time mode is displayed by the Meas Time annunciator. 9-4 Maintenance 4263B Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test The 4263B's test signal frequency is measured with a frequency counter. Speci cation Test Signal Frequency Accuracy: Note 6 0.01 % (61% at 120 Hz) The 4263B's test signal frequency at the 120 Hz setting is actually 119.048Hz, and it is speci ed as 120 Hz 6 1%. Test Equipment Description Universal Counter 61 cm BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable Recommended Model 5334B p/n 8120-1839 Procedure 1. Reset the 4263B. 2. Set up the equipment as shown in Figure 9-1. Figure 9-1. Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test Setup Maintenance 9-5 4263B 3. Set the test signal frequency to 100 Hz using . 4. Record the universal counter reading on the calculation sheet. 5. Calculate the test result according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 6. Press to change the test signal frequency, and perform this test for all the frequency settings listed in Table 9-2. Table 9-2. Frequency Accuracy Test Settings Test Signal Frequency 100 Hz 120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz1 100 kHz 1 Option 002 only. 9-6 Maintenance 4263B Test Signal Level Accuracy Test The 4263B's test signal level is measured with an AC voltmeter. Speci cation Test Signal Level Accuracy: 6 (10 % + 10 mV) Test Equipment Description Multimeter 61 cm BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable Dual Banana-BNC(f) Adapter Recommended Model 3458A p/n 8120-1839 p/n 1251-2277 Procedure 1. Reset the 4263B. 2. Set up the equipment as shown in Figure 9-2. Figure 9-2. Test Signal Level Accuracy Test Setup 3. Set the 3458A Multimeter to the Synchronously Sub-sample AC voltage measurement mode using the following procedure: a. Press 4ACV5 to set the measurement mode to AC voltage. b. Press 4Shift5 4S5 495 495 495 to display SETACV. c. Press 475 495 495 495 to display SYNC, then press 4Enter5. 4. Set the test signal level to 50 mV using . Maintenance 9-7 4263B 5. Set the test signal frequency to 100 Hz using . 6. Record the Multimeter reading on the calculation sheet. 7. Calculate the test result according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 8. Change the test signal settings by using and to perform this test for all settings listed in Table 9-3. Table 9-3. Level Accuracy Test Settings Test Signal Test Signal Frequency Level 50 mV 100 Hz 20 kHz1 100 kHz 250 mV 100 Hz 20 kHz1 100 kHz 1V 100 Hz 20 kHz1 100 kHz 1 Option 002 only. 9-8 Maintenance 4263B DC Bias Level Accuracy Test The 4263B's DC bias level is measured with a DC voltmeter. Speci cation 6 (5 % + 2 mV) DC Bias Level Accuracy: Test Equipment Description DC Voltmeter Interface Box 61 cm BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable Dual Banana-BNC(f) Adapter Recommended Model 3458A p/n 04284-65007 p/n 8120-1839 p/n 1251-2277 Procedure 1. Reset the 4263B. 2. Set up the equipment as shown in Figure 9-3. If the Interface Box (p/n 04284-65007) is not available, use the following cables and adapters as a substitute and setup the equipment as shown in Figure 9-4. Description 30 cm BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable 2BNCs(m) to 3 Alligator Clips Test Lead Tee, BNC(m)(f)(f) Adapter Recommended Model p/n 8120-1838, 2 ea. p/n 8120-1661 p/n 1250-0781, 2 ea. Figure 9-3. DC Bias Level Accuracy Test Setup Maintenance 9-9 4263B Figure 9-4. DC Bias Level Accuracy Test Setup Without The Interface Box 3. Press the 3458A Multimeter's 4DCV5 to set the measurement mode to DC voltage. 4. Press to turn the DC Bias ON. (DC Bias indicator ON.) 5. Record the multimeter reading on the calculation sheet. (Default DC Bias setting is 0 V) 6. Calculate the test result according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 7. Change the DC bias voltage using the following procedure to perform this test for all settings listed in Table 9-4. a. Press to display the DC Bias Setting. b. Select the desired DC bias voltage using or , and press Table 9-4. Bias Level Accuracy Test Settings DC Bias Level 0V 1.5 V 2V 9-10 Maintenance . 4263B 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test The 4263B measures the calibrated standard capacitors and resistors at the 4263B's front panel, and the measured values are compared with the standards' listed calibration values. Speci cation Basic Measurement Accuracy: 6 0.1 % (See Chapter 8 General Information f or details.) Test Equipment Description Standard Capacitor Set Standard Capacitor Set 100 m Standard Resistor 100 k Standard Resistor OPEN Termination SHORT Termination Recommended Model 16380A 16380C 42033A1 42039A1 , 2 42090A2 42091A2 1 Part of 42030A Standard Resistor Set 2 16074A can be used as a substitute. Procedure 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG). 1. Record the 16380A, 16380C, and 42030A calibration values on the calculation sheet. 2. Reset the 4263B. 3. Connect the OPEN termination to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. Figure 9-5. 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Setup Maintenance 9-11 4263B 4. Press to display the OPEN correction menu. 5. Select Open Meas and press . The OPEN correction is performed. 6. Connect the SHORT termination to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 7. Press to display the SHORT correction menu. 8. Select ShortMeas and press . The SHORT correction is performed. 9. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: Cp-D (Default Setting) LONG 1 V (Default Setting) 100 kHz Man 10. Connect the 10 pF Standard Capacitor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 11. Press to start the measurement. 12. Record the 4263B readings of Cp and D on the calculation sheet. 13. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the results into the performance test record. 14. Perform this test for all standards and frequency settings listed in Table 9-5. 9-12 Maintenance 4263B Table 9-5. 0 m Capacitance Measurement Test (LONG) Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 10 pF 100 kHz 100 pF 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz1 100 kHz 1000 pF 100 Hz 1 kHz 100 kHz 0.01 F 100 Hz 120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 kHz 0.1 F 100 kHz 100 Hz 1 F 120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 Option 002 only. 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED). 15. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: Cp-D MED 500 mV 100 Hz Man 16. Connect the 0.01 F Standard Capacitor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 17. Press to start the measurement. 18. Record the 4263B readings of Cp and D on the calculation sheet. 19. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the results into the performance test record. 20. Perform the test at 100 kHz. Maintenance 9-13 4263B Table 9-6. 0 m Capacitance Measurement Test (MED) Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 Hz 0.01 F 100 kHz 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT). 21. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: Cp-D SHORT 500 mV 100 Hz Man 22. Connect the 0.01 F Standard Capacitor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 23. Press to start the measurement. 24. Record the 4263B readings of Cp and D on the calculation sheet. 25. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the results into the performance test record. 26. Perform the test at 100 kHz. Table 9-7. 0 m Capacitance Measurement Test (SHORT) Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 0.01 F 100 Hz 100 kHz 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (DC Bias: ON). 27. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: Cp-D LONG 1V 1 kHz Man 28. Connect the 1 F Standard Capacitor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 9-14 Maintenance 4263B 29. Set the DC bias voltage to 2 V according to the following procedure: a. Press to display the DC Bias Setting. b. Press until 2 V blinks, and press c. Press to turn the DC Bias ON. (DC Bias indicator ON.) 30. Press . to start the measurement. 31. Record the 4263B readings of Cp and D on the calculation sheet. 32. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the results into the performance test record. 33. Press to turn the DC Bias o . Table 9-8. 0 m Capacitance Measurement Test (DC Bias) Setting Standard Test Signal Frequency 1 kHz 1 F 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG). 34. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: R-X LONG 1V 100 Hz Man 35. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 36. Press to start the measurement. 37. Record the 4263B readings of R on the calculation sheet. 38. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 39. Perform the test at 1 kHz. Maintenance 9-15 4263B Table 9-9. 0 m Resistance Measurement Test (LONG) Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 m 100 Hz 1 kHz 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED). 40. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: R-X MED 500 mV 100 Hz Man 41. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 42. Press to start the measurement. 43. Record the 4263B readings of R on the calculation sheet. 44. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. Table 9-10. 0 m Resistance Measurement Test (MED) Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 m 100 Hz 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT). 45. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: R-X SHORT 500 mV 100 Hz Man 46. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 47. Press to start the measurement. 48. Record the 4263B readings of R on the calculation sheet. 49. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 9-16 Maintenance 4263B Table 9-11. 0 m Resistance Measurement Test (SHORT) Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 m 100 Hz 0 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only). 50. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Trigger Mode: Ls-Rdc LONG 1V Man 51. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals. 52. Press to start the measurement. 53. Record the 4263B readings of Rdc on the calculation sheet. 54. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 55. Perform this test for the 100 k Standard Resistor. Maintenance 9-17 4263B 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test The 4263B measures the calibrated standard capacitors and resistors while using the 1 m test leads, and the measured values are compared with the standards' listed calibration values. Speci cation 6 0.1 % (See Chapter 8 General Information for Basic Measurement Accuracy: details.) Test Equipment Description Recommended Model Standard Capacitor Set Standard Capacitor Set 100 m Standard Resistor 100 k Standard Resistor OPEN Termination SHORT Termination Test Leads, 1 m Adapter BNC(f)-BNC(f) 16380A 16380C 42033A1 42039A1 , 2 42090A2 42091A2 16048A p/n 1250-0080, 4 ea. 1 Part of 42030A Standard Resistor Set 2 16074A can be used as a substitute. Procedure 1 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test. 1. Record the 16380A, the 16380C, and the 42030A calibration values on the calculation sheet. 2. Reset the 4263B. 3. Set the cable length to 1 m using the following procedure: a. Press to display the cable length setting menu. b. Select 1 m using or , and press . 4. Connect the OPEN termination to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 1 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 9-18 Maintenance 4263B Figure 9-6. 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Setup 5. Press to display the OPEN correction menu. 6. Select OpenMeas and press . The OPEN correction is performed. 7. Connect the SHORT termination instead of the OPEN termination. 8. Press to display the SHORT correction menu. 9. Selec ShortMeas and press . The SHORT correction is performed. 10. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: Cp-D (Default Setting) LONG 1 V (Default Setting) 1 kHz (Default Setting) Man 11. Connect the 100 pF Standard Capacitor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 1 m Test Leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) Adapters. 12. Press to start the measurement. 13. Record the 4263B readings of Cp and D on the calculation sheet. Maintenance 9-19 4263B 14. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the results into the performance test record. 15. Perform this test for all standards and frequency settings listed in Table 9-12. Table 9-12. 1 m Capacitance Measurement Test Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 pF 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz1 100 kHz 1000 pF 100 Hz 100 Hz 1 F 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 Option 002 only. 1 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test. 16. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: R-X LONG 1V 100 Hz Man 17. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 1 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 18. Press to start the measurement. 19. Record the 4263B readings of R on the calculation sheet. 20. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 21. Perform this test at 1 kHz. Table 9-13. 1 m Resistance Measurement Test Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 m 100 Hz 1 kHz 9-20 Maintenance 4263B 1 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only). 22. Set the 4263B measurement condition as follows. Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Trigger Mode: Ls-Rdc LONG 1V Man 23. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 1 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 24. Press to start the measurement. 25. Record the 4263B readings of Rdc on the calculation sheet. 26. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 27. Perform this test for the 100 k standard resistor. Maintenance 9-21 4263B 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test The 4263B measures the calibrated standard capacitors and resistors while using the 2 m test leads, and the measured values are compared with the standards' listed calibration values. Speci cation 6 0.1 % (See Chapter 8 General Information for Basic Measurement Accuracy: details.) Test Equipment Description Recommended Model Standard Capacitor Set Standard Capacitor Set 100 m Standard Resistor 100 k Standard Resistor OPEN Termination SHORT Termination Test Leads, 2m Adapter BNC(f)-BNC(f) 16380A 16380C 42033A1 42039A1 , 2 42090A2 42091A2 16048D p/n 1250-0080, 4 ea. 1 Part of 42030A Standard Resistor Set 2 16074A can be used as a substitute. Procedure 2 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test. 1. Record the 16380A, 16380C and 42030A calibration values on the calculation sheet. 2. Reset the 4263B. 3. Set the cable length to 2 m using the following procedure: a. Press to display the cable length setting menu. b. Select 2 m using or , and press . 4. Connect the OPEN termination to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 2 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 9-22 Maintenance 4263B Figure 9-7. 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Setup 5. Press to display the OPEN correction correction menu. 6. Select Open Meas and press . The OPEN correction is performed. 7. Connect the SHORT termination instead of the OPEN termination. 8. Press to display the SHORT correction menu. 9. Select ShortMeas and press . The SHORT correction is performed. 10. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: Cp-D (Default Setting) LONG 1 V (Default Setting) 1 kHz (Default Setting) Man 11. Connect the 100 pF Standard Capacitor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 2 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 12. Press to start the measurement. 13. Record the 4263B readings of Cp and D on the calculation sheet. Maintenance 9-23 4263B 14. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the results into the performance test record. 15. Perform this test for all standards and frequency settings listed in Table 9-14. Table 9-14. 2 m Capacitance Measurement Test Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 pF 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz1 1000 pF 100 Hz 100 Hz 1 F 1 kHz 10 kHz 1 Option 002 only. 2 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test. 16. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: R-X LONG 1V 100 Hz Man 17. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 2 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 18. Press to start the measurement. 19. Record the 4263B readings of R on the calculation sheet. 20. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 21. Perform this test at 1 kHz. Table 9-15. 2 m Resistance Measurement Test Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 m 100 Hz 1 kHz 9-24 Maintenance 4263B 2 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only). 22. Set the 4263B measurement condition as follows. Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Trigger Mode: Ls-Rdc LONG 1V Man 23. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 2 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 24. Press to start the measurement. 25. Record the 4263B readings of DCR on the calculation sheet. 26. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 27. Perform this test for the 100 k standard resistor. Maintenance 9-25 4263B 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test The 4263B measures the calibrated standard capacitors and resistors while using the 4 m test leads, and the measured values are compared with the standards' listed calibration values. Speci cation 6 0.1 % (See Chapter 8 General Information for Basic Measurement Accuracy: details.) Test Equipment Description Recommended Model Standard Capacitor Set Standard Capacitor Set 100 m Standard Resistor 100 k Standard Resistor OPEN Termination SHORT Termination Test Leads, 4 m Adapter BNC(f)-BNC(f) 16380A 16380C 42033A1 42039A1 , 2 42090A2 42091A2 16048E p/n 1250-0080, 4 ea. 1 Part of 42030A Standard Resistor Set 2 16074A can be used as a substitute. Procedure 4 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test. 1. Record the 16380A, 16380C, and 42030A calibration values on the calculation sheet. 2. Reset the 4263B. 3. Set the cable length to 4 m using the following procedure: a. Press to display the cable length setting menu. b. Select 4 m using or , and press . 4. Connect the OPEN termination to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 4 m Test Leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) Adapters. 9-26 Maintenance 4263B Figure 9-8. 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Setup 5. Press to display the OPEN correction menu. 6. Select OpenMeas and press . The OPEN correction is performed. 7. Connect the SHORT termination instead of the OPEN termination. 8. Press to display the SHORT correction menu. 9. Select ShortMeas and press . The SHORT correction is performed. 10. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: Cp-D (Default Setting) LONG 1 V (Default Setting) 1 kHz (Default Setting) Man 11. Connect the 100 pF Standard Capacitor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 4 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 12. Press to start the measurement. 13. Record the 4263B readings of Cp and D on the calculation sheet. Maintenance 9-27 4263B 14. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the results into the performance test record. 15. Perform this test for all standards and frequency settings listed in Table 9-16. Table 9-16. 4 m Capacitance Measurement Test Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 pF 1 kHz 1000 pF 100 Hz 100 Hz 1 F 1 kHz 4 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test. 16. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: R-X LONG 1V 100 Hz Man 17. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 4 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 18. Press to start the measurement. 19. Record the 4263B readings of R on the calculation sheet. 20. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 21. Perform this test at 1 kHz. Table 9-17. 4 m Resistance Measurement Test Settings Standard Test Signal Frequency 100 m 100 Hz 1 kHz 9-28 Maintenance 4263B 4 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only). 22. Set the 4263B measurement condition as follows. Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Trigger Mode: Ls-Rdc LONG 1V Man 23. Connect the 100 m Standard Resistor to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 4 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. 24. Press to start the measurement. 25. Record the 4263B readings of Rdc on the calculation sheet. 26. Calculate the test results according to the calculation sheet, and record the result into the performance test record. 27. Perform this test for the 100 k standard resistor. Maintenance 9-29 4263B Calculation Sheet Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test Counter Reading [a] Hz Hz kHz kHz kHz kHz Test Signal Frequency 100 Hz 120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz1 100 kHz Test Result Equation a 0 100.000 Hz a 0 120.000 Hz a 0 1.00000 kHz a 0 10.0000 kHz a 0 20.0000 kHz a 0 100.000 kHz 1 Option 002 only. Test Signal Level Accuracy Test Test Signal Test Signal Frequency Level 50 mV 100 Hz 50 mV 20 kHz1 50 mV 100 kHz 250 mV 100 Hz 250 mV 20 kHz1 250 mV 100 kHz 1V 100 Hz 1V 20 kHz1 1V 100 kHz Multimeter Reading [a] mV mV mV mV mV mV V V V Test Result Equation a 0 50.0 mV a 0 50.0 mV a 0 50.0 mV a 0 250 mV a 0 250 mV a 0 250 mV a 0 1.00 V a 0 1.00 V a 0 1.00 V 1 Option 002 only. DC Bias Level Accuracy Test DC Bias Level 0V 1.5 V 2V 9-30 Maintenance Multimeter Reading [a] V V V Test Result Equation a a 0 1.500 V a 0 2.000 V 4263B Standards' Calibration Values This table is used in the 0 m, 1 m, 2 m, and 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Tests. Standard Frequency Parameter 10 pF 1 kHz 100 pF 1 kHz 1000 pF 1 kHz 0.01 F 120 Hz 0.01 F 1 kHz 0.01 F 10 kHz 0.01 F 100 kHz 0.1 F 1 kHz 0.1 F 100 kHz 1 F 120 Hz 1 F 1 kHz 1 F 10 kHz 1 F 100 kHz 100 m 100 k DC DC Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D R R Calibration Value pF pF pF nF nF nF nF nF nF F F F F m k Reference Designation cv1 cv2 cv3 cv4 cv5 cv6 cv7 cv8 cv9 cv10 cv11 cv12 cv13 cv14 cv15 cv16 cv17 cv18 cv19 cv20 cv21 cv22 cv23 cv24 cv25 cv26 cv27 cv28 Maintenance 9-31 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) Standard Test Signal Parameter 4263B Reading Test Result Frequency Measured [a] Equation pF a 0 cv1 10 pF 100 kHz Cp D a 0 cv2 100 pF pF a 0 cv3 1 kHz Cp D a 0 cv4 pF a 0 cv3 100 pF 10 kHz Cp D a 0 cv4 1 Cp pF a 0 cv3 100 pF 20 kHz D a 0 cv4 pF a 0 cv3 100 pF 100 kHz Cp D a 0 cv4 pF a 0 cv5 1000 pF 100 Hz Cp D a 0 cv6 pF a 0 cv5 1000 pF 1 kHz Cp D a 0 cv6 pF a 0 cv5 1000 pF 100 kHz Cp D a 0 cv6 nF a 0 cv7 0.01 F 100 Hz Cp D a 0 cv8 nF a 0 cv7 0.01 F 120 Hz Cp D a 0 cv8 nF a 0 cv9 0.01 F 1 kHz Cp D a 0 cv10 nF a 0 cv11 0.01 F 10 kHz Cp D a 0 cv12 nF a 0 cv13 0.01 F 100 kHz Cp D a 0 cv14 nF a 0 cv15 0.1 F 1 kHz Cp D a 0 cv16 nF a 0 cv17 0.1 F 100 kHz Cp D a 0 cv18 1 F 100 Hz Cp F a 0 cv19 D a 0 cv20 1 F 120 Hz Cp F a 0 cv19 D a 0 cv20 1 Option 002 only. 9-32 Maintenance 4263B 4263B 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) Standard Test Signal Parameter 4263B Reading Test Result Frequency Measured [a] Equation F a 0 cv21 1 F 1 kHz Cp D a 0 cv22 1 F F a 0 cv23 10 kHz Cp D a 0 cv24 F a 0 cv25 1 F 100 kHz Cp D a 0 cv26 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED) 4263B Reading Test Result Standard Test Signal Parameter Equation Frequency Measured [a] nF a 0 cv7 0.01 F 100 Hz Cp D a 0 cv8 nF a 0 cv13 0.01 F 100 kHz Cp D a 0 cv14 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT) 4263B Reading Test Result Standard Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured [a] Equation nF a 0 cv7 0.01 F 100 Hz Cp D a 0 cv8 nF a 0 cv13 0.01 F 100 kHz Cp D a 0 cv14 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (DC Bias: ON) 4263B Reading Test Result Standard Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured [a] Equation F a 0 cv21 1 F 1 kHz Cp D a 0 cv22 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) 4263B Reading Test Result Standard Test Signal Parameter Equation [a] Frequency Measured 100 m m a 0 cv27 100 Hz R 100 m 1 kHz R m a 0 cv27 Maintenance 9-33 4263B 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED) Standard Test Signal Parameter 4263B Reading Test Result Frequency Measured [a] Equation m a 0 cv27 100 m 100 Hz R 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT) Test Result 4263B Reading Standard Test Signal Parameter Equation [a] Frequency Measured m a 0 cv27 100 m 100 Hz R 0 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test Test Result Standard 4263B Reading Equation [a] 100 m m a 0 cv27 100 k k a 0 cv28 9-34 Maintenance 4263B 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Standard 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 1000 pF 1 F 1 F 1 F 1 F 1 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test 4263B Reading Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured [a] pF 1 kHz Cp D pF 10 kHz Cp D 1 Cp pF 20 kHz D pF 100 kHz Cp D pF 100 Hz Cp D F 100 Hz Cp D F 1 kHz Cp D F 10 kHz Cp D F 100 kHz Cp D Test Result Equation a 0 cv3 a 0 cv4 a 0 cv3 a 0 cv4 a 0 cv3 a 0 cv4 a 0 cv3 a 0 cv4 a 0 cv5 a 0 cv6 a 0 cv19 a 0 cv20 a 0 cv21 a 0 cv22 a 0 cv23 a 0 cv24 a 0 cv25 a 0 cv26 1 Option 002 only. 1 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test 4263B Reading Standard Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured [a] m 100 m 100 Hz R m 100 m 1 kHz R Test Result Equation a 0 cv27 a 0 cv27 1 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test Test Result Standard 4263B Reading Equation [a] 100 m m a 0 cv27 100 k k a 0 cv28 Maintenance 9-35 4263B 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test Standard 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 1000 pF 1 F 1 F 1 F 2 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test 4263B Reading Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured [a] pF 1 kHz Cp D pF 10 kHz Cp D 1 Cp pF 20 kHz D pF 100 Hz Cp D F 100 Hz Cp D F 1 kHz Cp D F 10 kHz Cp D Test Result Equation a 0 cv3 a 0 cv4 a 0 cv3 a 0 cv4 a 0 cv3 a 0 cv4 a 0 cv5 a 0 cv6 a 0 cv19 a 0 cv20 a 0 cv21 a 0 cv22 a 0 cv23 a 0 cv24 1 Option 002 only. 2 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test 4263B Reading Standard Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured [a] m 100 m 100 Hz R m 100 m 1 kHz R Test Result Equation a 0 cv27 a 0 cv27 2 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test Standard Test Result 4263B Reading [a] Equation 100 m m a 0 cv27 100 k k a 0 cv28 9-36 Maintenance 4263B 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test 4 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test 4263B Reading Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured [a] pF 1 kHz Cp D pF 100 Hz Cp D F 100 Hz Cp D F 1 kHz Cp D Test Result Equation a 0 cv3 a 0 cv4 a 0 cv5 a 0 cv6 a 0 cv19 a 0 cv20 a 0 cv21 a 0 cv22 4 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test 4263B Reading Standard Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured [a] m 100 m 100 Hz R m 100 m 1 kHz R Test Result Equation a 0 cv27 a 0 cv27 Standard 100 pF 1000 pF 1 F 1 F 4 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test Standard Test Result 4263B Reading [a] Equation 100 m m a 0 cv27 100 k k a 0 cv28 Maintenance 9-37 4263B Performance Test Record Agilent 4263B LCR Meter Serial No.: Date: Temperature: Humidity: Tested by: Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test Test Signal Test Limits Test Result1 Frequency 100 Hz 60.010 Hz 120 Hz 61.200 Hz 1 kHz 60.00010 kHz 10 kHz 60.0010 kHz 20 kHz2 60.0010 kHz 100 kHz 60.010 kHz 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Setting Value Hz Hz kHz kHz kHz kHz Measurement Uncertainty 6 0.0010 Hz 60.0012 Hz 60.0000088 kHz 60.000086 kHz 60.000086 kHz 60.00086 kHz 2 Option 002 only. Test Signal Level Accuracy Test Test Signal Test Signal Test Limits Frequency Level 50 mV 100 Hz 6 15.0 mV 50 mV 20 kHz2 6 15.0 mV 50 mV 100 kHz 6 15.0 mV 250 mV 100 Hz 6 35.0 mV 250 mV 20 kHz2 6 35.0 mV 250 mV 100 kHz 6 35.0 mV 1V 100 Hz 6 0.11 V 1V 6 0.11 V 20 kHz2 1V 100 kHz 6 0.11 V 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Setting Value 2 Option 002 only. 9-38 Maintenance Test Result1 mV mV mV mV mV mV V V V Measurement Uncertainty 6 0.025 mV 6 0.010 mV 6 0.062 mV 6 0.041 mV 6 0.059 mV 6 0.22 mV 6 0.0001 V 6 0.0008 V 6 0.0008 V 4263B DC Bias Level Accuracy Test DC Bias Test Limits Level 0 V 60.002 V 1.5 V 60.077 V 2 V 60.102 V Test Result1 V V V Measurement Uncertainty 60.000002 V 60.000027 V 60.000035 V 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Setting Value Record-1 Maintenance 9-39 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test 4263B 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) 1 of 2 Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured 10 pF pF 6 0.0029 pF 100 kHz Cp 6 0.331 pF 6 0.0002 D 6 0.0331 pF 6 0.018 pF 100 pF 1 kHz Cp 6 0.19 pF D 6 0.0019 6 0.0001 pF 6 0.029 pF 100 pF 10 kHz Cp 6 0.44 pF 6 0.0002 D 6 0.0044 2 pF 100 pF Cp 6 0.029 pF 6 1.10 pF 20 kHz 6 0.0002 D 6 0.0110 pF 6 0.029 pF 100 pF 100 kHz Cp 6 1.37 pF D 6 0.0002 6 0.0137 pF 6 0.18 pF 1000 pF 100 Hz Cp 6 2.0 pF D 6 0.0001 6 0.0020 pF 6 0.18 pF 1000 pF 1 kHz Cp 6 1.2 pF D 6 0.0001 6 0.0012 pF 6 0.52 pF 1000 pF 100 kHz Cp 6 12.8 pF D 6 0.0002 6 0.0128 nF 6 0.0031 nF 0.01 F 100 Hz Cp 6 0.018 nF D 6 0.0001 6 0.0018 nF 6 0.0031 nF 0.01 F 120 Hz Cp 6 0.018 nF D 6 0.0018 6 0.0001 nF 6 0.0020 nF 0.01 F 1 kHz Cp 6 0.011 nF D 6 0.0001 6 0.0011 nF 6 0.0031 nF 0.01 F 10 kHz Cp 6 0.018 nF D 6 0.0002 6 0.0018 nF 6 0.0053 nF 0.01 F 100 kHz Cp 6 0.128 nF 6 0.0003 D 6 0.0128 nF 6 0.020 nF 0.1 F 1 kHz Cp 6 0.11 nF 6 0.0001 D 6 0.0011 nF 6 0.053 nF 0.1 F 100 kHz Cp 6 1.47 nF D 6 0.0147 6 0.0005 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 2 Option 002 only. 9-40 Maintenance Record-2 4263B 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) 2 of 2 Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Measurement Test Result1 Frequency Measured Uncertainty F 6 0.00044 F 1 F 100 Hz Cp 6 0.0018 F 6 0.00015 D 6 0.0018 F 6 0.00044 F 1 F 120 Hz Cp 6 0.0018 F D 6 0.0018 6 0.00015 F 6 0.00020 F 1 F 1 kHz Cp 6 0.0011 F 6 0.0001 D 6 0.0011 F 6 0.00044 F 1 F 10 kHz Cp 6 0.0026 F 6 0.0004 D 6 0.0026 F 1 F 6 0.0010 F 100 kHz Cp 6 0.0176 F 6 0.0025 D 6 0.0176 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED) Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured nF 6 0.0031 nF 0.01 F 100 Hz Cp 6 0.063 nF 6 0.0001 D 6 0.0063 nF 6 0.0053 nF 0.01 F 100 kHz Cp 6 0.271 nF D 6 0.0003 6 0.0271 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT) Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured nF 6 0.0031 nF 0.01 F 100 Hz Cp 6 0.179 nF D 6 0.0179 6 0.0001 nF 6 0.0053 nF 0.01 F 100 kHz Cp 6 0.287 nF 6 0.0003 D 6 0.0287 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (DC Bias: ON) Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Frequency Measured Uncertainty 1 F 1 kHz Cp 6 0.0011 F F 6 0.00020 F D 6 0.0011 6 0.0001 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value Record-3 Maintenance 9-41 4263B 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured m 6 0.10 m 100 m 100 Hz R 6 0.52 m m 100 m 6 0.10 m 1 kHz R 6 0.48 m 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED) Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Measurement Test Result1 Frequency Measured Uncertainty m 6 0.10 m 100 m 100 Hz R 6 0.62 m 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT) Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured m 6 0.10 m 100 m 100 Hz R 6 1.10 m 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 0 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) Measurement Standard Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty m 6 0.10 m 100 m 6 0.97 m k 100 k 6 0.87 k 6 0.021 k 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 9-42 Maintenance Record-4 4263B 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test 1 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Frequency Measured 100 pF 1 kHz Cp 6 0.19 pF D 6 0.0019 100 pF 10 kHz Cp 6 0.48 pF D 6 0.0048 2 Cp 100 pF 6 1.10 pF 20 kHz D 6 0.0110 100 pF 100 kHz Cp 6 1.37 pF D 6 0.0137 1000 pF 100 Hz Cp 6 2.0 pF D 6 0.0020 1 F 100 Hz Cp 6 0.0018 F D 6 0.0018 1 F 1 kHz Cp 6 0.0011 F D 6 0.0011 1 F 10 kHz Cp 6 0.0026 F D 6 0.0026 1 F 100 kHz Cp 6 0.0207 F D 6 0.0207 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value pF pF pF pF pF F F F F Measurement Uncertainty 6 0.018 pF 6 0.0001 6 0.029 pF 6 0.0002 6 0.029 pF 6 0.0002 6 0.029 pF 6 0.0002 6 0.18 pF 6 0.0001 6 0.00044 F 6 0.00015 6 0.00020 F 6 0.0001 6 0.00044 F 6 0.0004 6 0.0010 F 6 0.0025 2 Option 002 only. 1 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured m 6 0.10 m 100 m 100 Hz R 6 0.60 m m 6 0.10 m 100 m 1 kHz R 6 0.60 m 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 1 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) Measurement Standard Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty m 6 0.10 m 100 m 6 1.05 m 100 k 6 0.87 k k 6 0.021 k 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value Record-5 Maintenance 9-43 4263B 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test 2 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Frequency Measured 100 pF 1 kHz Cp 6 0.19 pF D 6 0.0019 100 pF 10 kHz Cp 6 0.51 pF D 6 0.0051 2 Cp 100 pF 6 1.10 pF 20 kHz D 6 0.0110 1000 pF 100 Hz Cp 6 2.0 pF D 6 0.0020 1 F 100 Hz Cp 6 0.0018 F D 6 0.0018 1 F 1 kHz Cp 6 0.0011 F D 6 0.0011 1 F 10 kHz Cp 6 0.0026 F D 6 0.0026 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value pF pF pF pF F F F Measurement Uncertainty 6 0.018 pF 6 0.0001 6 0.029 pF 6 0.0002 6 0.029 pF 6 0.0002 6 0.18 pF 6 0.0001 6 0.00044 F 6 0.00015 6 0.00020 F 6 0.0001 6 0.00044 F 6 0.0004 2 Option 002 only. 2 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured m 6 0.10 m 100 m 100 Hz R 6 0.68 m m 6 0.10 m 100 m 1 kHz R 6 0.72 m 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 2 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) Measurement Standard Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty m 6 0.10 m 100 m 6 1.13 m k 6 0.021 k 100 k 6 0.87 k 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 9-44 Maintenance Record-6 4263B 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test 4 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured pF 100 pF 6 0.018 pF 1 kHz Cp 6 0.19 pF 6 0.0001 D 6 0.0019 pF 6 0.18 pF 1000 pF 100 Hz Cp 6 2.0 pF D 6 0.0001 6 0.0020 F 6 0.00044 F 1 F 100 Hz Cp 6 0.0018 F 6 0.00015 D 6 0.0018 F 6 0.00020 F 1 F 1 kHz Cp 6 0.0011 F 6 0.0001 D 6 0.0011 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 4 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test Measurement Standard Test Signal Parameter Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty Frequency Measured m 6 0.10 m 100 m 100 Hz R 6 0.84 m m 6 0.10 m 100 m 1 kHz R 6 0.96 m 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value 4 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) Measurement Standard Test Limits Test Result1 Uncertainty m 6 0.10 m 100 m 6 1.29 m k 100 k 6 0.87 k 6 0.021 k 1 Test Result = Measured Value 0 Standard's Calibration Value Record-7 Maintenance 9-45 4263B Functional Tests Introduction This section provides the test procedures used to verify that the 4263B performs its designed functions. The functional tests can be used for post repair function veri cation. The transformer measurement functional test is recommended to be performed during the 4263B performance testing. Record the transformer measurement functional test result in the test record at the end of this section. Test Equipment Table 9-1 lists the test equipment required to perform the tests described in this section. Equipment which equals or surpasses the key required speci cations of the recommended equipment may be used. 9-46 Maintenance 4263B Transformer Measurement Functional Test (Opt. 001 Only) The 4263B's transformer measurement function is tested using a power splitter. The 4263B measures a transformer's turn ratio by stimulating a transformer and comparing the primary voltage to the secondary voltage. In this test, the 4263B stimulates the power splitter, instead of the transformer, and compares the two voltages across the power splitter. Test Equipment Description Transformer Test Fixture 30 cm BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable Recommended Model 16060A p/n 8120-1838, 3 ea. Procedure 1. Reset the 4263B. 2. Set up the equipment as shown in Figure 9-9. Figure 9-9. Transformer Measurement Functional Test Setup 3. Set the 4263B measurement conditions as follows: Measurement Parameter: Measurement Time Mode: Test Signal Level: Test Signal Frequency: Trigger Mode: L2-N LONG 1 V (Default Setting) 1 kHz (Default Setting) Man 4. Set the transformer test xture's A:B switch to the 1:N position. Maintenance 9-47 4263B 5. Press to start the measurement. 6. Con rm that the N reading is within the limits listed in Table 9-18. 7. Perform this test for all settings listed in Table 9-18 Table 9-18. Transformer Measurement Test Limits Switch Frequency Minimum Maximum Setting Setting Limit Limit 1:N 1 kHz 1.980 2.020 1:N 100 kHz 1.970 2.030 N:1 1 kHz 0.985 1.015 N:N 100 kHz 0.980 1.020 9-48 Maintenance 4263B Handler Interface Functional Test The 4263B's handler interface function is tested using the built-in self-test and the handler interface tester. Test Equipment Description Handler Interface Tester Recommended Model p/n 04339-65007 Procedure Initial Setup. 1. Turn the 4263B OFF. 2. Set the LED PW switch on the Handler Interface Tester to OFF, and set the IN1, IN2, IN3, and IN4 switches to 0. 3. Set up the equipment as shown in Figure 9-10 Figure 9-10. Handler Interface Functional Test Setup 4. Turn the 4263B ON. 5. Reset the 4263B. Key Lock Function Test. 6. Set the IN4 switch on the Handler Interface Tester to 1. 7. Con rm that the all keys on the 4263B's front panel are locked out. 8. Set the IN4 switch on the Handler Interface Tester to 0. External Trigger Function Test. 9. Press to set the trigger mode to External. 10. Press the IN5 switch on the Handler Interface Tester, and con rm that the 4263B is triggered. Maintenance 9-49 4263B Handler Interface Output Test. 11. Start the handler interface output test with the following procedure. a. Press to display the con guration setting menu. b. Select SVC using c. Select HNDL using or or , and press , and press . . 12. Set the LED PW switch on the Handler Interface Tester to ON. Caution Do not set the LED PW switch to ON, except when doing the handler interface output test. The LEDs may cause the 4263B to shut-down during normal operation. 13. Con rm that the LEDs on the Handler Interface Tester light in the order shown in Figure 9-11, in accordance with the 4263B display. Figure 9-11. Handler interface Output Order 14. Set the LED PW switch on the Handler Interface Tester to OFF. 15. Exit from the test mode by selecting Exit. 9-50 Maintenance 4263B Contact Check Functional Test The 4263B's contact check function is tested, by breaking contact at the Lpot terminal. When the 4263B measures impedance correctly, the contact check function for the other three terminals will operate correctly. Test Equipment Description 10 k Standard Resistor OPEN Termination Test Leads, 1 m Adapter BNC(f)-BNC(f) Recommended Model 42038A1 , 2 42090A2 16048A p/n 1250-0080, 4 ea. 1 Part of 42030A Standard Resistor Set 2 16074A can be used as a substitute Procedure 1. Reset the 4263B. 2. Set the cable length to 1 m using the following procedure: a. Press to display the cable length setting menu. b. Select 1 m using or , and press . 3. Connect the OPEN termination to the 4263B's UNKNOWN terminals using the 1 m test leads and four BNC(f)-BNC(f) adapters. Figure 9-12. Contact Check Functional Test Setup 4. Press to display the OPEN correction menu. Maintenance 9-51 4263B 5. Select OpenMeas and press . The OPEN correction is performed. 6. Set the measurement parameter to R-X. 7. Connect the 10 k standard resistor instead of the OPEN termination. 8. Press to hold the measurement range. 9. Press to activate the contact check function. 10. Con rm that the 4263B displays the measurement values. 11. Remove the test leads BNC connector from the Lpot terminal of the standard resistor. 12. Con rm that the 4263B displays N.C. (No Contact). 9-52 Maintenance 4263B Functional Test Record Agilent 4263B LCR Meter Serial No.: Date: Temperature: Humidity: Tested by: Transformer Measurement Functional Test (Opt. 001 Only) Pass Fail Maintenance 9-53 A Manual Changes Introduction This appendix contains the information required to adapt this manual to earlier versions or con gurations of the 4263B than the current printing date of this manual. The information in this manual applies directly to an 4263B whose serial number pre x is listed on the title page of this manual. Manual Changes To adapt this manual to your 4263B, refer to Table A-1, and make all of the manual changes listed opposite your instrument's serial number. Instruments manufactured after the printing of this manual may be di erent than those documented in this manual. Later instrument versions will be documented in a manual change supplement that will accompany the manual shipped with that instrument. If your instrument serial number is not listed on the title page of this manual or in Table A-1, it may be documented in a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement. Besides change information, the manual change sheet also includes corrections to the operation manual. To always keep the operation manual correct, we recommend that you periodically request the manual change sheet from Agilent Technologies Japan, Ltd. Table A-1. Manual Changes by Serial Number Serial Pre x or Number Make Manual Changes Manual Changes A-1 4263B Serial Number Agilent Technologies uses a two-part, ten-character serial number that is stamped on the serial number plate (see Figure A-1). The rst ve characters are the serial pre x and the last ve digits are the sux. Figure A-1. Serial Number Plate A-2 Manual Changes B Handler Interface Installation Introduction This appendix describes the electrical characteristics of each signal line of the handler interface. Electrical Characteristics Output Signals Each DC output is isolated using open collector output opto-isolators. The output voltage of each line is enabled by putting pull-up resistors on the main board, and by connecting the pull-up resistors to an externally applied DC voltage. The electrical circuits of the DC isolated outputs are divided into two groups to be able to separate power supplies (refer to Table B-1). A simpli ed diagram of the output signals is shown in Figure B-1 for comparison signals and Figure B-2 for control signals. Table B-1. Handler Output Electrical Characteristics Output Signals Comparison Signals /PHI, /PIN, /PLO /SHI, /SIN, /SLO /NO CONTACT Control Signals /ALARM /INDEX /EOM Voltage Output Rating Low High Maximum Current External Voltage / Circuit Common  0.5 V 5 V to 24 V 6 mA EXT DCV1 COM1  0.5 V 5 V to 15 V 5 mA EXT DCV2 COM2 Handler Interface Installation B-1 4263B Figure B-1. Handler Interface Comparison Output Signals Diagram B-2 Handler Interface Installation 4263B Figure B-2. Handler Interface Control Output Signals Diagram Handler Interface Installation B-3 4263B Input Signals The DC isolated input signals are connected to the cathodes of the LEDs in the opto-isolators. The anodes of the LEDs are powered by an external voltage source (EXT DCV2). The OFF state voltage (high level) of the DC isolated input signals depends on the pull-up voltage powered by an external voltage source (EXT DCV2). (The input current is restricted by using a switch on the main board.) The electrical characteristics of the input signals are listed in Table B-2. A diagram for the input signals is shown in Figure B-3. Table B-2. Handler Interface Input Electrical Characteristics Signal Input Voltage Low High Input Current (Low) Circuit Common Pull-up Voltage 5V 12 V 15 V /EXT TRIG  1 V 5 V to 15 V 8.7 mA 10.5 mA 13.5 mA COM2 /KEY LOCK  1 V 5 V to 15 V 7.7 mA 10.8 mA 13.6 mA COM2 Figure B-3. Handler Interface Input Signal Diagram B-4 Handler Interface Installation 4263B Handler Interface Board Setup Before using the handler interface, connect the pull-up resisters to enable the output signals and set the dip switch to select the voltage level for the input signals. Caution SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE FROM ESD. Perform the following procedures only at a static-safe workstation and wear a grounding strap. Tools and Fasteners The 4263B mechanical components are secured using metric threaded fasteners. Many fasteners in the 4263B may appear to be Phillips type, but they are Pozidrive type fasteners. To avoid damaging them, use only Pozidrive screwdrivers to remove or tighten pozidrive type fasteners. Procedure 1. Disconnect the power cable from the 4263B and allow enough time (10 minutes) for the internal capacitors to discharge. Warning Dangerous energy and voltage levels exist within the 4263B when it is in operation and just after it is powered down. Allow 10 minutes for the 4263B's internal capacitors to discharge before starting to work on it. 2. Remove the two screws which fasten the cover to the chassis rear panel. 3. Slide the cover toward the rear while holding the front panel bezel. Handler Interface Installation B-5 4263B The following gure shows the location of the A1 main board and the A2 CPU board. 4. Remove the A2 CPU board assembly. a. Disconnect two atcable assemblies from the front side of the A2 assembly. b. Disconnect the atcable assembly, which is connected to the GPIB connector on the rear panel, from the rear right side of the A2 assembly. c. Remove the four screws that secure the A2 assembly to the stud. d. Remove the at cable assembly which is connected to the A1 main board assembly on the bottom, while sliding the A2 assembly toward front. e. Remove the A2 assembly from the chassis. B-6 Handler Interface Installation 4263B 5. Remove the A1 main board assembly. a. Disconnect the following cable assemblies and wire assemblies from the A1 assembly. i. The four cable assemblies marked \A", \B", \C", and \D" which are connected to the UNKNOWN connectors on the Front Panel ii. The wire assembly which is connected to the transformer iii. The two wire assemblies which are connected to the DC-DC Converter iv. The wire assembly which is connected to the Ext DC Bias terminal b. Remove the nut which fasten the Ext Trigger terminal to the rear panel. c. Remove the four studs, that secure the A1 assembly to the chassis, by rotating them with a at bladed screwdriver. d. Remove the three screws that secure the A1 assembly to the chassis. e. Remove the A1 assembly from the chassis by sliding the assembly toward forward before lifting. Figure B-4 shows the location of the socket to mount the pull-up resistors (J5) and the switch to select the voltage value of EXT DCV2. Table B-3 lists the socket numbers to mount the pull-up resistors for each control signals and comparison signals. Figure B-4. A1 Main Board Handler Interface Installation B-7 4263B Table B-3. Pull-up Resistor Location Socket No. Signal Name Signal Type J5-1 /EOM Control Signal (5 V to 15 V) J5-2 /INDEX J5-3 /PIN Comparison Signal (5 V to 24 V) J5-4 /PHI J5-5 /PLO J5-6 /SIN J5-7 /SHI J5-8 /SLO J5-9 /NO CONTACT J5-10 /ALARM Control Signal (5 V to 15 V) J5-11 Not used 6. Mount the pull-up resistors for the comparison output signals. (Refer to Figure B-4 and Table B-3 for the location of the pull-up resistors for the comparison output signals.) Use the following equation to determine the value of the pull-up resistors (R). R [k ' Vp [V] / 3 where, Vp is the pull-up voltage. The typical pull-up resistor values are: Pull-up Voltage 5V 12 V 24 V Pull-up Resistor Agilent Part Number 0757-0278 (1.78 k ) 0757-0279 (3.16 k ) 0757-0441 (8.25 k ) 7. Mount the pull-up resistors for the control output signals. (Refer to Figure B-4 and Table B-3 for the location of the pull-up resistors for the control output signals.) Use the following equation to determine the value of the pull-up resistors (R). R [k ' Vp [V] / 2.5 where, Vp is the pull-up voltage. The typical pull-up resistor values are: Pull-up Voltage 5V 9V 12 V 15 V B-8 Handler Interface Installation Pull-up Resistor Agilent Part Number 0757-0278 (1.78 k ) 0757-0279 (3.16 k ) 0698-3154 (4.22 k ) 0757-0438 (5.11 k ) 4263B 8. Set SW1 according to the voltage value of EXT DCV2. EXT DCV2 EXT TRIG KEY LOCK SW1-1 SW1-2 SW1-3 Close 5 V to 6 V Close Close Close 6 V to 9 V Close Open Open 9 V to 15 V Open Close 9. Reinstall the A1 main board, the A2 CPU board, and the cover. Handler Interface Installation B-9 C Overload/No-Contact Operations Table C-1 shows the summary of operations, when the 4263B detects OVLD (Overload), or N.C. (No-Contact). Table C-1. OVLD/N.C. Condition Display Handler GPIB Output Output Data Mode Comprtr Mode OVLD OVLD High4 /PHI and /SHI <State>2 :1 <Data> :9.9E37 (Overload) <Comp>3 :2 Low4 /PLO and /SLO <State>2 :1 <Data> :9.9E37 <Comp>3 :4 N.C. N.C. N.C. /NO CONTACT <State>2 :2 <Data> :9.9E37 (No-Contact) <Comp>3 :8 1 1. 2. 3. 4. Solutions Select an approptiate measurement range. Cancel the bad contact between the DUT and the contact-pin. Refer to the :FETCh? Command in Chapter 5. Measurement Status : (0 : Normal, 1 : Overload, 2 : No-Contact) Comparison result : (1 : IN, 2 : HIGH, 4 : LOW, 8 : No-Contact) Comparison display : Depends on the relation between the 4263B measurement range and the impedance of the DUT. Overload/No-Contact Operations C-1 4263B When the OVLD and N.C. are detected at the same time, Display, Handler output and GPIB output of the 4263B depend on the impedance value of the DUT, the selected measurement range and the connection between DUT and the contact-pin. The 4263B performs one of following cases in the Table C-2. Table C-2. Simultaneous OVLD and N.C. Condition Condition Display Handler GPIB Output Output Data Mode Comprtr Mode N.C. N.C. /NO CONTACT <State>2 :2 OVLD & N.C. <Data> :9.9E37 <Comp>3 :8 OVLD High /PHI and /SHI <State>2 :1 <Data> :9.9E37 <Comp>3 :2 Low /PLO and /SLO <State>2 :1 <Data> :9.9E37 <Comp>3 :4 1 1. Refer to the :FETCh? Command in Chapter 5. 2. Measurement Status : (0 : Normal, 1 : Overload, 2 : No-Contact) 3. Comparison result : (1 : IN, 2 : HIGH, 4 : LOW, 8 : No-Contact) C-2 Overload/No-Contact Operations Solutions Select an approptiate measurement range.Change to the appropriate signal level. Cancel the bad contact between the DUT and the contact-pin. Messages This section lists the messages that are displayed on the 4263B's LCD display or transmitted by the instrument over GPIB in numerical order. Messages-1 4263B Instrument Errors 11 ADC FAILURE The A/D conversion failed. The 4263B stops operation and the /ALARM signal on the handler interface . Contact your nearest Agilent Technologies oce. 12 ROM TEST FAILED Contact your nearest Agilent Technologies oce. 13 RAM TEST FAILED Contact your nearest Agilent Technologies oce. 14 EEPROM R/W FAILEDx Contact your nearest Agilent Technologies oce. 15 USER DATA LOST Correction data and instrument settings saved in EEPROM have been lost. Contact your nearest Agilent Technologies oce. 16 PREV SETTING LOST Instrument setting in the backup memory have been lost. The instrument keeps instrument settings in backup memory for 72 hours after being turned OFF. 17 SAVE FAILED Contact your nearest Agilent Technologies oce. 18 RECALL FAILED No instrument settings saved in the EEPROM. 19 PRINTER NO RESPONSE Check the following items. Check that the printer is turned on. Check that the GPIB cable is connected between the printer and the instrument. Check that the printer is set to \Listen Always." 20 A1 BD TEST FAILED The A1 board failed. Contact your nearest Agilent Technologies oce. 21 LOCKOUT BY HANDLER Front panel key input is disabled by the handler. The front panel key input can not be enabled by the front panel keys or by GPIB commands when disabled by the handler. Messages-2 4263B 31 OPT NOT INSTALLED The :SENS:CONC command is received even though the 4263B is not equipped with Option 001 (Add N/M/DCR measurement function). 32 ILLEGAL MEAS FUNC Illegal parameters combination for :SENS:FUNC command is received while the :SENS:FUNC:CONC is set to ON; For example, FIMP and VOLT:AC are illegal. GPIB Errors -100 Command error This is a generic syntax error that the 4263B cannot detect more speci c errors. This code indicates only that a command error, as de ned in IEEE 488.2, 115.1.1.4, has occurred. -101 Invalid character A syntax element contains a character which is invalid for that type; for example, a header containing an ampersand, SENSE& -102 Syntax error An unrecognized command or data type was encountered; for example, a string was received when the 4263B was not expecting to receive a string. -103 Invalid separator The syntax analyzer was expecting a separator and encountered an illegal character; for example, the semicolon was omitted after a program message unit, *RST:TRIG. -104 Data type error The syntax analyzer recognized an unallowed data element; for example, numeric or string data was expected but block data was encountered. -105 GET not allowed A group Execute Trigger (GET) was received within a program message (see IEEE488.2,7.7). -108 Parameter not allowed More parameter were received than expected for the header; for example, the AVER command only accepts one parameter, so receiving AVER 2,4 is not allowed. -109 Missing parameter Fewer parameters were received than required for the header; for example, the AVER commands requires one parameter, so receiving AVER is not allowed. -112 Program mnemonic too long The header contains more than twelve characters (see IEEE 488.2,7.6.1.4.1). Messages-3 4263B -113 Undefined header The header is syntactically correct, but it is unde ned for the 4263B for example, *XYZ is not de ned for the 4263B. -121 Invalid character in number An invalid character for the data type being parsed was encountered; for example, an alpha character in a decimal number or a \9" in octal data. -123 numeric overflow The magnitude of exponent was larger than 32000 (se IEEE488.2,7.7.2.4.1). -124 Too many digits The mantissa of a decimal numeric data element contains more than 255 digits excluding leading zeros (see IEEE 488.2,7.7.2.4.1) -128 Numeric data not allowed Legal numeric data element was received, but the 4263B does not accept it is this position for a header. -131 Invalid suffix The sux does not follow the syntax described in IEEE 788.2,7.7.3.2, or the sux is inappropriate for the 4263B. -138 Suffix not allowed A sux was encountered after a numeric element which does not allow suxes. -140 Character data error This error, as well as errors -141 through -148, are generated analyzing the syntax of a character data element. This particular error message is used if the 4263B cannot detect a more speci c error. -141 Invalid character data Either the character data element contains an invalid character or the particular element received is not valid for the header. -144 Character data too long The character data element contains more than twelve characters (see IEEE 488.2, 7.7.1.4). -148 Character data not allowed A legal character data element was encountered that's prohibited by the 4263B. -150 String data error This error as well as errors -151 through -158, are generated when analyzing the syntax of a string data element. This particular error message is used if the 4263B cannot detect a more speci c error. Messages-4 4263B -151 Invalid string data A string data element was expected, but was invalid for some reason (see IEEE 488.2, 7.7.5.2); for example, an END message was received before the terminal quote character. -158 String data not allowed A string data element was encountered but was not allowed by the 4263B at this point in the syntax analysis process. -160 Block data error This error as well as errors -161 through -168, are generated when analyzing the syntax of a block data element. This particular error message is used if the 4263B cannot detect a more speci c error. -161 Invalid block data A block data element was expected, but was invalid for some reason (see IEEE 488.2, 7.7.6.2); for example, an END message was received before the length was satis ed. -168 Block data not allowed A legal block data element was encountered but was not allowed by the 4263B at this point in the syntax analysis process. -170 Expression error This error as well as errors -171 through -178, are generated when analyzing the syntax of an expression data element. This particular error message is used if the 4263B cannot detect a more speci c error. -171 Invalid expression The expression data element was invalid (see IEEE 488.2, 7.7.7.2); for example, unmatched parentheses or an illegal character. -178 Expression data not allowed A legal expression data was encountered but was not allowed by the 4263B at this point in the syntax analysis process. -200 Execution error This is the generic syntax error that the 4263B cannot detect more speci c errors. This code indicates only that an execution error as de ned in IEEE 488.2, 11.5.1.1.5 has occurred. -211 Trigger ignored A GET, *TRG, or triggering signal was received and recognized by the 4263B but was ignored because of 4263B timing considerations,n; for example, the 4263B was not ready to respond. -213 Init ignored A request for a measurement initiation was ignored as another measurement was already in progress. Messages-5 4263B -221 Setting conflict A legal program data element was parsed but could not be executed due to the current device state (see IEEE 488.2, 6.4.5.3 and 11.5.1.1.5). -222 Data out of range A legal program data element was parsed but could not be executed because the interpreted value was outside the legal range as de ned by the 4263B (see IEEE 488.2, 11.5.1.1.5). -223 Too much data A legal program data element of block, expression, or string type was received that contained more data than the 4263B could handle due to memory or related device-speci c. -230 Data corrupt or stale Possibly invalid data; new reading started but not completed since access. -241 Hardware missing A legal program command or query could not be executed because of missing 4263B hardware; for example, an option was no installed. -310 System error Some error, termed \system error" by the 4263B, has occurred. -311 Memory error An error was detected in the 4263B's memory. -313 Calibration memory lost The nonvolatile calibration data has lost. -350 Queue overflow A speci c code entered into the queue in lieu of the code that caused the error. This code indicates that there is no room in the queue and an error occurred but was not recorded. -400 Query error This is the generic query error that the 4263B cannot detect more speci c errors. This code indicates only that a error as de ned in IEEE 488.2, 11.5.1.1.7 and 6.3 has occurred. -410 Query INTERRUPTED A condition causing an interrupted error occurred (see IEEE 488.1, 6.3.2.3); for example, a query followed by DAB or GET before a response was completely sent. -420 Query UNTERMINATED A condition causing an unterminated query error occurred (see IEEE 488.2, 6.3.2); for example, the 4263B was addressed to talk and an incomplete program message was received. Messages-6 4263B -430 Query DEADLOCKED A condition causing an deadlocked query error occurred (see IEEE 488.2, 6.3.1.7); for example, both input bu er and output bu er are full and the 4263B cannot continue. -440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response A query was received in the same program message after an query requesting an inde nite response was executed (see IEEE 488.2, 6.5.7.5.7). Messages-7 Index Special characters :, 5-4 ;, 5-4 0 0 m impedance measurement accuracy test, 9-11 1 1 m impedance measurement accuracy test, 9-18 2 2 m impedance measurement accuracy test, 9-22 4 4 m impedance measurement accuracy test, 9-26 A :ABORt, 4-13, 5-9 ABORt Command , 5-9 accessory, 1-3 Address key, 3-10 Altitude Operating, 8-10 Storage, 8-10 6 (), 8-7 annunciator, 3-2 Arrow key , 3-11 ASCII , 5-22, 5-48 Auto/Hold key, 3-7 auto range, 3-7 Auto Range mode, 1-22 :AVERage:COUNt, 4-10, 5-24 Average key, 3-5 :AVERage[:STATe], 4-10, 5-24 averaging speci cations, 8-3 averaging rate, 3-5 GPIB command, 5-24 how to set, 2-1, 4-10 B Back Space Key, 1-17, 3-12 Basic Operation, 1-18 beeper, 3-20 GPIB command , 5-12, 5-33 how to set, 2-3, 4-10 BUF1, 5-16 BUF2, 5-16 bus trigger mode, 3-9 C cable extension, 7-9 Cable key, 3-18 cable length, 3-18 GPIB command, 5-15 how to match, 4-5 how to select, 1-23 cable length correction, 7-12 :CALCulate{1|2}:FORMat, 4-5, 5-11 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:BEEPer :CONDition, 4-10 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:BEEPer:CONDition, 5-12 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:BEEPer[:STATe], 4-10, 5-12 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:CLEar , 4-10, 5-13 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:FAIL? , 4-10, 5-13 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] , 4-10, 5-13 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:LOWer:STATe , 4-10, 5-13 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:STATe , 4-10, 5-13 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA] , 4-10, 5-13 :CALCulate{1|2}:LIMit:UPPer:STATe , 4-10, 5-14 :CALCulate{1|2}:MATH:EXPRession :CATalog?, 4-11, 5-14 :CALCulate{1|2}:MATH:EXPRession:NAME, 4-11, 5-14 :CALCulate{1|2}:MATH:STATe , 4-11, 5-14 :CALCulate{3|4}:MATH:STATe , 5-14 CALCulate subsystem, 5-10 calculation sheet, 9-30 Calculation Sheet, 9-3 :CALibration:CABLe , 4-5, 5-15 Index-1 Calibration Cycle, 9-4 CALibration subsystem, 5-15 capacitance measurement accuracy test 0 m DC Bias:ON, 9-14 0 m DC Bias:ON calculation sheet, 9-33 0 m LONG, 9-11 0 m LONG calculation sheet, 9-32 0 m MED, 9-13 0 m MED calculation sheet, 9-33 0 m SHORT, 9-14 0 m SHORT calculation sheet, 9-33 1 m, 9-18 1 m calculation sheet, 9-35 2 m , 9-22 2 m calculation sheet, 9-36 4 m, 9-26 4 m calculation sheet, 9-37 capacitance to ground, 7-8 characteristics example, 7-2 Chassis Terminal, 3-3 circuit mode, 7-3 cleaning , 1-9 *CLS, 5-36 colon, 5-4 Command Error Bit , 5-41 command reference notations, 5-8 common commands, 5-1 syntax, 5-5 comparator GPIB command, 5-13 how to use, 2-5, 4-10 on/o , 3-16 Comparator Function, 8-9 Comparator key, 3-16 Comparator Limit Keys, 3-11 Con guration key, 3-20 contact check, 3-17, 7-11 GPIB command, 5-26 how to perform, 4-10 how to set, 2-2 Contact Check Function, 8-9 contact check functional test, 9-51 Contact Check key, 3-17 contact resistance, 7-9 Continuous Memory Capability, 8-9 Controller , 3-26 :CORRection:CKIT:STANdard3 , 4-8, 5-25 :CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire], 4-8, 5-25 :CORRection:COLLect:METHod , 4-8, 5-26 :CORRection:DATA? SENSe, 5-26 correction function, 4-8, 7-12 Correction Function, 8-9 Index-2 :CORRection[:STATe] , 4-8, 5-26 Current Instrument Settings how to get, 4-12 D D accuracy, 8-7 :DATA, 4-11 data bu er, 4-25, 5-16 :DATA[:DATA] , 5-16 :DATA[:DATA]? , 4-25, 5-17 :DATA[:DATA]? {IMON|VMON}, 5-17 :DATA:FEED, 4-25, 5-18 :DATA:FEED:CONTrol , 4-25, 5-18 <data handle>, 5-18 :DATA:POINts , 4-25, 5-18 DATA subsystem, 5-16 data transfer format, 5-48 ASCII , 5-48 REAL , 5-49 DC bias GPIB command, 5-29, 5-30 how to apply, 2-4, 4-8 on/o , 2-5, 3-4 source, 3-7 DC Bias key, 3-4 DC bias level accuracy test, 9-9 DC Bias Settling Time, 8-16 DC Bias Setup key, 3-7 DC resistance measurement accuracy test 0 m Opt. 001 Only, 9-17 0 m Opt. 001 Only calculation sheet, 9-34 1 m calculation sheet, 9-35 1 m Opt. 001 Only, 9-21 2 m calculation sheet, 9-36 2 m Opt. 001 Only, 9-25 4 m calculation sheet, 9-37 4 m Opt. 001 Only, 9-29 Delay key, 3-9 deviation display mode how to select, 2-7 deviation measurement, 3-5, 4-11 GPIB command, 5-14 how to display, 2-6 Deviation (1) Mode key, 3-5 Dimensions, 8-10 Direct Execution Type Keys, 1-14 Display, 1-7, 3-2, 8-9 Display Digit, 2-9 display mode, 3-6 GPIB command, 5-19 Display Mode, 2-9 Display Mode key, 3-6 DISPlay subsystem, 5-19 :DISPlay[:WINDow][:STATe], 5-19 :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT1:DIGit, 5-19 :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT1:PAGE, 5-19 :DISPlay[:WINDow]:TEXT2:PAGE, 5-20 Down/Left Arrow Keys, 1-16 DUT characteristics, 7-2 E electrolytic capacitor measurement, 6-1 EMC, 8-10 Engineering Units key, 3-11 Enter Key, 3-11 *ESE , 4-26, 5-36 *ESE? , 5-36 *ESR? , 4-26, 5-36 external DC bias speci cations, 8-2 External DC bias Terminal, 3-22 external trigger mode, 2-4, 3-9 External Trigger Terminal , 3-21 F :FETCh?, 4-13, 5-21 FETCh? query, 5-21 :FIMPedance:APERture, 4-9, 5-26 :FIMPedance:CONTact:VERify, 4-10, 5-26 :FIMPedance:RANGe:AUTO, 4-7, 5-26 :FIMPedance:RANGe[:UPPer], 4-7, 5-27 FORMat Subsystem, 5-22 four-terminal pair con guration, 7-6 Frequency key, 3-6 Front-end Protection, 8-17 Front Panel, 1-4, 3-2 Front-Panel Keys, 1-14 functional test record, 9-53 Functional Tests, 9-46 :FUNCtion:CONCurrent, 4-5, 5-27 :FUNCtion:COUNt?, 5-27 :FUNCtion[:ON], 4-5, 5-27 Fuse, 1-12 G G accuracy, 8-7 GET, 4-13 Getting Data from the 4263B, 4-3 GPIB address, 3-10 how to set, 2-10 GPIB Address how to read, 4-2 GPIB Interface, 3-26, 8-9 group execution trigger, 4-13 guarding, 7-10 H handler interface, 3-23 board setup, B-5 electrical characteristics, B-1 installation, B-1 pin assignment, 3-23 speci cation, 3-23 Handler Interface, 8-9 handler interface functional test, 9-49 Hold Range mode, 1-22 Humidity Operating, 8-10 Storage, 8-10 I IDLE State, 5-46 *IDN? , 5-36 incoming inspection , 1-9 :INITiate:CONTinuous, 4-13 :INITiate[:IMMediate], 4-13 Initiate State, 5-47 INITiate subsystem, 5-23 Input Statements, 4-2 Instrument Settings how to save and recall, 4-12 internal DC bias accuracy speci cations, 8-2 internal DC bias level speci cations, 8-2 internal trigger mode, 2-4, 3-9 K key lock, 2-9, 4-10 GPIB command , 5-33 Key Lock, 8-9 Key Lock key, 3-18 L L2, M, R2, N measurement accuracy, 8-12 L2, M, R2 N measurement range, 8-12 Left/Down Arrow key , 3-11 Level key , 3-7 level monitor, 3-6 GPIB command, 5-14, 5-17 how to set, 2-3 level monitor accuracy, 8-11 LINE Fuse Holder, 3-22 LINE Switch, 3-3 LINE Voltage Selector, 3-22 Listener , 3-26 LOAD correction, 3-15 GPIB command, 5-25 how to perform, 1-26, 4-9 Load key , 3-15 Local key, 3-9 Index-3 local mode, 2-10 Local Mode how to return, 4-3 *LRN?, 4-12, 5-36 M manual changes, A-1 manual trigger mode, 2-4, 3-9 Mathematical Functions, 8-9 Maximum DC Bias Current, 8-16 Maximum Key, 3-12 Maximum Keys, 1-16 measurement accuracy, 8-11 speci cations, 8-3 measurement accuracy parameter, 8-4 Measurement Con guration, 2-1 measurement contacts, 7-7 measurement parameter GPIB command, 5-11 how to select, 1-21, 4-5 Measurement Parameter key , 3-4 Measurement Parameters, 8-2 measurement range, 3-8 GPIB command, 5-27 how to select, 1-22, 4-7 speci cations, 8-3 Measurement Settings GPIB command, 5-20 how to change, 2-8 Measurement Settings , 1-7 Measurement Settings Display key , 3-6 Measurement Time key, 3-5 measurement time mode, 3-5 GPIB command, 5-26 how to select, 2-1, 4-9 speci cations, 8-3 message terminators, 5-5 Minimum Key, 3-12 Minimum Keys, 1-16 Mmeasurement time, 8-15 multiple messages, 5-7 N numeric keys, 3-11 Numeric Keys, 1-15 O *OPC, 4-11, 5-36 *OPC?, 5-36 OPEN correction, 3-13 GPIB command, 5-25 how to perform, 1-24, 4-9 Open key, 3-13 OPEN/SHORT correction, 7-12 OPEN/SHORT/LOAD correction, 7-12 Index-4 Operation, 1-18 Operation Complete Bit , 5-41 operation status event register, 5-44 operation status register, 5-44 *OPT?, 5-36 option, 1-3 Output Statements, 4-2 OVLD , 3-8 P parallel circuit mode, 7-3 parameters, 5-5 <Boolean>, 5-6 <data handle>, 5-6 <numeric value>, 5-6 <sensor function>, 5-6 types, 5-6 performance test record, 9-4, 9-38 Performance Tests, 9-3 power cable , 1-10 Power Consumption, 1-12 Power Cord Receptacle, 3-22 power line frequency, 3-20 how to set, 1-13, 4-5 Power Line Frequency, 1-12 Power Line Voltage, 1-12 Power Requirements, 1-12, 8-10 program message terminators, 5-5 Q Q accuracy, 8-7 query syntax, 5-7 Query Commands, 4-3 Query Error Bit , 5-41 Questionable Status Register, 5-44 R Range Setup key, 3-8 ranging speci cations, 8-3 *RCL, 4-12 *RCL<numeric value>, 5-36 REAL , 5-22, 5-49 Rear Panel, 1-8, 3-21 recall instrument settings, 2-10 Recall Key, 3-10 recommended equipment, 9-2 REF1, 5-16 REF2, 5-16 Remote Command how to send, 4-2 reset, 3-19 GPIB command , 5-33 how to, 1-20, 4-5 Reset key, 3-19 resistance measurement accuracy test 0 m LONG, 9-15 0 m LONG calculation sheet, 9-33 0 m MED, 9-16 0 m MED calculation sheet, 9-33 0 m SHORT, 9-16 0 m SHORT calculation sheet, 9-34 1 m, 9-20 1 m calculation sheet, 9-35 2 m, 9-24 2 m calculation sheet, 9-36 4 m, 9-28 4 m calculation sheet, 9-37 response message syntax, 5-7 Rp Accuracy, 8-8 Rs Accuracy, 8-7 *RST, 4-5, 5-37 S *SAV, 4-12, 5-37 save instrument settings, 2-10 Save Key , 3-10 Save/Recall, 8-9 Selection Type Keys, 1-14 self-test, 3-20 GPIB command , 5-37 how to perform, 2-12 self test, 4-26 semicolon, 5-4 [:SENSe]:AVERage:COUNt, 4-10, 5-24 [:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe], 4-10, 5-24 [:SENSe]:CORRection:CKIT:STANdard3, 4-8, 5-25 [:SENSe]:CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire], 4-8, 5-25 [:SENSe]:CORRection:COLLect:METHod, 4-8, 5-26 [:SENSe]:CORRection:DATA?, 5-26 [:SENSe]:CORRection[:STATe], 4-8, 5-26 [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:APERture, 4-9, 5-26 [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:CONTact:VERify, 4-10, 5-26 [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:RANGe:AUTO, 4-7, 5-26 [:SENSe]:FIMPedance:RANGe[:UPPer], 4-7, 5-27 [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:CONCurrent, 4-5, 5-27 [:SENSe]:FUNCtion:COUNt?, 5-27 [:SENSe]:FUNCtion[:ON], 4-5, 5-27 SENSe subsystem, 5-24 <sensor function>, 5-27 sequence operation state, 5-47 Serial Number Plate, 3-22 series circuit mode, 7-3 Service Request (SRQ) , 5-39 set up how to, 4-5 shielding, 7-10 Shift Key, 3-11 SHORT correction, 3-14 GPIB command, 5-25 how to perform, 1-25, 4-9 Short key, 3-14 :SOURce:FREQuency[:CW], 4-7, 5-29 SOURce subsystem, 5-29 :SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel] [:IMMediate][:AMPLitude], 4-7, 5-29 [:IMMediate]:OFFSet, 4-8, 5-29 [:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SOURce, 4-8, 5-29 [:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STATe, 4-8, 5-30 speci cations, 8-2 SPOLL , 4-26 *SRE, 5-37 *SRE?, 5-37 standard, 7-14 Standard Event Status Register , 5-41 Standard Operation Status Group, 5-42 Standards' Calibration Values, 9-31 Status Byte Register, 5-40 :STATus:OPERation:CONDition?, 4-26, 5-31 :STATus:OPERation:ENABle, 4-26, 5-31 :STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? , 4-26, 5-31 :STATus:PRESet, 4-26, 5-31 :STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?, 4-26, 5-31 :STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle , 4-26, 5-32 :STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?, 4-26, 5-31 Status Reporting Structure, 5-39 STATus Subsystem , 5-31 *STB?, 5-37 stray capacitance, 7-10 subsystem commands, 5-2 syntax, 5-5 supplemental performance characteristics, 8-11 :SYSTem:BEEPer[:IMMediate] , 4-10, 5-33 :SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe, 4-10, 5-33 :SYSTem:ERRor?, 5-33 :SYSTem:KLOCk, 4-10, 5-33 :SYSTem:LFRequency , 4-5, 5-33 :SYSTem:PRESet, 4-5, 5-33 SYSTem Subsystem , 5-33 :SYSTem:VERSion? , 5-34 Index-5 T Talker , 3-26 talk only mode, 2-11, 3-10 Temperature Operating, 8-10 Storage, 8-10 test cable con guration, 7-6 test cable lengths speci cations, 8-3 test current transient, 3-33 test equipment, 9-2 test xture, 1-3 how to connect, 1-19 test leads, 1-3 con guration, 7-6 extension, 7-9 test signal speci cations, 8-2 test signal accuracy, 8-11 speci cations, 8-2 test signal frequency, 3-6 GPIB command, 5-29 how to select, 1-22, 4-7 speci cations, 8-2 test signal frequency accuracy speci cations, 8-2 test signal frequency accuracy test, 9-5 calculation sheet, 9-30 test signal level, 3-7 GPIB command, 5-29 how to select, 4-7 how to set, 1-23 speci cations, 8-2 test signal level accuracy test, 9-7 calculation sheet, 9-30 test signal output impedance, 8-11 Index-6 Toggle Type Keys, 1-14 transformer measurement, 6-6 transformer measurement functional test, 9-47 *TRG, 4-13, 5-37 trigger how to, 2-4 how to trigger, 4-13 TRIGGER , 4-13 :TRIGger:DELay , 4-10, 5-35 trigger delay time, 3-9 how to set, 2-2, 4-10 speci cations, 8-3 Trigger Event Detection State, 5-47 :TRIGger[:IMMediate] , 4-13, 5-35 Trigger key, 3-8 trigger mode, 3-9 speci cations, 8-3 Trigger Mode key, 3-9 :TRIGger:SOURce, 4-13, 5-35 TRIGger subsystem , 5-35 Trigger System, 5-46 *TST?, 5-37 Turning On, 1-13 U Units, 5-6 UNKNOWN terminals, 3-3 Up/Right Arrow key , 3-11 Up/Right Arrow Keys, 1-16 V Value Setup Type Keys, 1-15 W *WAI, 4-11, 5-38 Weight, 8-10 REGIONAL SALES AND SUPPORT OFFICES For more information about Agilent Technologies test and measurement products, applications, services, and for a current sales office listing, visit our web site: http://www.agilent.com/find/tmdir. You can also contact one of the following centers and ask for a test and measurement sales representative. 11/29/99 United States: Agilent Technologies Test and Measurement Call Center P.O.Box 4026 Englewood, CO 80155-4026 (tel) 1 800 452 4844 Canada: Agilent Technologies Canada Inc. 5150 Spectrum Way Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5G1 (tel) 1 877 894 4414 Europe: Agilent Technologies Test & Measurement European Marketing Organization P.O.Box 999 1180 AZ Amstelveen The Netherlands (tel) (31 20) 547 9999 Japan: Agilent Technologies Japan Ltd. Call Center 9-1, Takakura-Cho, Hachioji-Shi, Tokyo 192-8510, Japan (tel) (81) 426 56 7832 (fax) (81) 426 56 7840 Latin America: Agilent Technologies Latin American Region Headquarters 5200 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite #950 Miami, Florida 33126 U.S.A. (tel) (305) 267 4245 (fax) (305) 267 4286 Australia/New Zealand: Agilent Technologies Australia Pty Ltd 347 Burwood Highway Forest Hill, Victoria 3131 (tel) 1-800 629 485 (Australia) (fax) (61 3) 9272 0749 (tel) 0 800 738 378 (New Zealand) (fax) (64 4) 802 6881 Asia Pacific: Agilent Technologies 24/F, Cityplaza One, 1111 King’s Road, Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong (tel) (852)-3197-7777 (fax) (852)-2506-9284 Agilent 4263B LCR Meter Operation Manual Manual Change Agilent Part No. N/A Jun 2009 Change 1 Add TAR in Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test (Page 9-38) as follows. Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Frequency Limits [Hz] Result1 [Hz] [Hz] 100 120 1k 10 k 20 k 100 k ±0.01 ±1.2 ±0.00010 k ±0.0010 k ±0.0020 k ±0.010 k Uncertainty [Hz] k k k k TAR ± 0.00031 ± 0.00034 ± 0.0000029 k ± 0.000019 k ± 0.000020 k ± 0.00019 k 31.77 3550.50 35.38 53.80 100.32 53.78 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Nominal Frequency Change 2 Add TAR in Test Signal Level Accuracy Test (Page 9-38) as follows. Test Signal Level Accuracy Signal Frequency Level [V] [HZ] 50 m 50 m 50 m 250 m 250 m 250 m 1 1 1 100 20 k 100 k 100 20 k 100 k 100 20 k 100 k Limits [V] Result1 [V] ±15.0 m ±15.0 m ±15.0 m ±35.0 m ±35.0 m ±35.0 m ±0.11 ±0.11 ±0.11 Uncertainty [V] m m m m m m ± 0.90 m ± 0.078 m ± 0.18 m ± 2.50 m ± 0.35 m ± 1.88 m ± 0.00349 ± 0.00147 ± 0.00108 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Nominal Level Change 3 Add TAR in DC Bias Level Accuracy Test (Page 9-39) as follows. DC Bias Level Accuracy DC Bias Limits [V] Level [V] 0 1.5 2 Result1 [V] ±0.002 ±0.077 ±0.102 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Nominal Level C ○ Copyright 2009 Agilent Technologies Uncertainty [V] ± 0.087 m ± 0.44 m ± 0.92 m TAR 23.07 175.51 111.10 TAR 16.70 193.62 86.62 14.04 102.30 18.66 31.60 74.91 101.92 Change 4 Add TAR in 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-40 to 9-42) as follows. Impedance Measurement Accuracy Measurement: Capacitance Cable length: 0m Measurement time: Long Test signal level: 1V Status PASS Frequency [Hz] Standard Parameter 10 pF 10 pF 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 100 pF 1 nF 1 nF 1 nF 1 nF 1 nF 1 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 100 nF 100 nF 100 nF 100 nF 1 μF 1 μF 1 μF 1 μF 1 μF 1 μF 1 μF 1 μF 1 μF 100 k 100 k 1k 1k 10 k 10 k 20 k 20 k 100 k 100 k 100 100 1k 1k 100 k 100 k 100 100 120 120 1k 1k 10 k 10 k 100 k 100 k 1k 1k 100 k 100 k 100 100 120 120 1k 1k 10 k 10 k 100 k Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp C ○ Copyright 2009 Agilent Technologies Limits ±0.331 pF ±0.0331 ±0.19 pF ±0.0019 ±0.44 pF ±0.0044 ±1.10 pF ±0.0110 ±1.37 pF ±0.0137 ±0.002 nF ±0.0020 ±0.0012 nF ±0.0012 ±0.0128 nF ±0.0128 ± 0.018 nF ±0.0018 ± 0.018 nF ±0.0018 ± 0.011 nF ±0.0011 ± 0.018 nF ±0.0018 ± 0.128 nF ±0.0128 ± 0.11 nF ±0.0011 ± 1.47 nF ±0.0147 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 ±0.0026 μF ±0.0026 ±0.0176 μF Uncertainty Result1 pF ± 0.0040 pF ± 0.00043 pF ± 0.0074 pF ± 0.000063 pF ± 0.017 pF ± 0.00023 pF ± 0.021 pF ± 0.000091 pF ± 0.019 pF ± 0.00033 nF ± 0.000098 nF ± 0.000063 nF ± 0.000092 nF ± 0.000064 nF ± 0.00012 nF ± 0.00033 nF ± 0.00065 nF ± 0.000022 nF ± 0.00059 nF ± 0.000022 nF ± 0.00076 nF ± 0.000021 nF ± 0.00067 nF ± 0.000036 nF ± 0.00087 nF ± 0.00022 nF ± 0.0068 nF ± 0.000023 nF ± 0.015 nF ± 0.00026 μF ± 0.000074 μF ± 0.000047 μF ± 0.000073 μF ± 0.000047 μF ± 0.000067 μF ± 0.000032 ± 0.00014 μF μF ± 0.000069 μF ± 0.00018 μF TAR 83.58 78.09 25.79 30.57 26.79 19.15 53.34 121.51 74.59 42.12 20.11 32.10 12.67 19.02 116.20 38.90 28.46 84.00 16.38 85.34 14.17 53.05 27.75 51.18 148.58 60.42 15.62 47.81 102.37 57.89 24.88 38.90 24.49 38.84 15.89 34.29 19.45 38.02 102.72 1 μF 100 k D ±0.0176 ± 0.00032 55.73 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 100 100 100 k 100 k Capacitance 0m Med 50 mV PASS Parameter Cp D Cp D Limits ± 0.063 nF ±0.0063 ± 0.271 nF ±0.0271 Uncertainty Result1 nF ± 0.00070 nF ± 0.000043 nF ± 0.0023 nF ± 0.00044 TAR 89.93 146.37 119.28 62.83 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 10 nF 100 100 100 k 100 k Capacitance 0m Short 50 mV PASS Parameter Cp D Cp D Limits ± 0.179 nF ±0.0179 ± 0.287 nF ±0.0287 Uncertainty Result1 ± 0.011 nF nF ± 0.00072 nF ± 0.00081 nF ± 0.00069 TAR 16.27 25.02 356.95 41.99 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: DC bias: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard 1 μF 1k 1 μF 1k Capacitance 0m Long 1V On PASS Parameter Cp D Limits ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 Uncertainty Result1 ± 0.000066 μF μF ± 0.000033 TAR Result1 mΩ mΩ TAR 16.28 34.30 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Resistance Cable length: 0m Measurement time: Long Test signal level: 1V Status PASS Frequency [Hz] Standard Parameter Limits 100 100 mΩ R ±0.52 mΩ 1k 100 mΩ R ±0.48 mΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Resistance 0m C ○ Copyright 2009 Agilent Technologies Uncertainty ± 0.030 mΩ ± 0.030 mΩ 17.76 16.31 Measurement time: Med Test signal level: 500 mV Status PASS Frequency [Hz] Standard Parameter Limits 100 100 mΩ R ±0.62 mΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Resistance Cable length: 0m Measurement time: Short Test signal level: 500 mV Status PASS Frequency [Hz] Standard Parameter Limits 100 100 mΩ R ±1.10 mΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Result1 mΩ Uncertainty ± 0.033 mΩ Result1 mΩ Uncertainty ± 0.13 mΩ DC Resistance 0m Long 1V PASS Result1 Uncertainty ± 0.039 100 mΩ R ±0.97 mΩ mΩ mΩ 100 kΩ R ±0.87 kΩ mΩ ± 0.013 kΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Standard Parameter Limits C ○ Copyright 2009 Agilent Technologies TAR 25.06 67.56 TAR 19.12 TAR 8.91 Change 5 Add TAR in 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-43) as follows. Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard 100 pF 1k 100 pF 1k 100 pF 10 k 100 pF 10 k 100 pF 20 k 100 pF 20 k 100 pF 100 k 100 pF 100 k 1 nF 100 1 nF 100 1 μF 100 1 μF 100 1 μF 1k 1 μF 1k 1 μF 10 k 1 μF 10 k 1 μF 100 k 1 μF 100 k Capacitance 1m Long 1V PASS Parameter Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Limits ±0.19 pF ±0.0019 ±0.48 pF ±0.0048 ±1.10 pF ±0.0110 ±1.37 pF ±0.0137 ±0.002 nF ±0.0020 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 ±0.0026 μF ±0.0026 ±0.0207 μF ±0.0207 Uncertainty Result1 pF ± 0.0077 pF ± 0.000063 pF ± 0.012 pF ± 0.00013 pF ± 0.024 pF ± 0.000085 pF ± 0.010 pF ± 0.00016 nF ± 0.000091 nF ± 0.000063 μF ± 0.000075 μF ± 0.000047 ± 0.000069 μF μF ± 0.000033 ± 0.00014 μF μF ± 0.000061 μF ± 0.00016 μF ± 0.00029 TAR 24.59 30.52 40.75 37.17 47.09 130.36 136.75 87.72 21.61 32.10 24.28 38.74 15.58 33.55 19.09 43.04 132.97 73.20 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard Resistance 1m Long 1V PASS Parameter Limits 100 100 mΩ R ±0.60 mΩ 1k 100 mΩ R ±0.60 mΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard Result1 mΩ mΩ Uncertainty ± 0.030 mΩ ± 0.031 mΩ DC Resistance 1m Long 1V PASS Result1 Uncertainty ± 0.030 100 mΩ R ±1.05 mΩ mΩ mΩ 100 kΩ R ±0.87 kΩ mΩ ± 0.014 kΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Limits C ○ Copyright 2009 Agilent Technologies TAR 35.88 26.19 TAR 20.44 19.33 Change 6 Add TAR in 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-44) as follows. Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard 100 pF 1k 100 pF 1k 100 pF 10 k 100 pF 10 k 100 pF 20 k 100 pF 20 k 1 nF 100 1 nF 100 1 μF 100 1 μF 100 1 μF 1k 1 μF 1k 1 μF 10 k 1 μF 10 k Capacitance 2m Long 1V PASS Parameter Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Limits ±0.19 pF ±0.0019 ±0.51 pF ±0.0051 ±1.10 pF ±0.0110 ±0.002 nF ±0.0020 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 ±0.0026 μF ±0.0026 Uncertainty Result1 pF ± 0.011 pF ± 0.000073 pF ± 0.013 pF ± 0.00014 pF ± 0.022 pF ± 0.000094 nF ± 0.000090 nF ± 0.000075 μF ± 0.000077 μF ± 0.000047 μF ± 0.000069 μF ± 0.000033 ± 0.00014μF μF ± 0.000062 TAR 18.59 26.34 41.04 37.14 51.11 118.00 21.86 26.94 23.71 38.79 15.53 34.31 19.38 42.27 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard Resistance 2m Long 1V PASS Parameter Limits 100 100 mΩ R ±0.68 mΩ 1k 100 mΩ R ±0.72 mΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Result1 mΩ mΩ Uncertainty ± 0.030 mΩ ± 0.034 mΩ DC Resistance 2m Long 1V PASS Uncertainty Standard Parameter Limits Result1 100 mΩ R ±1.13 mΩ mΩ ± 0.030mΩ 100 kΩ R ±0.87 kΩ mΩ ± 0.014 kΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard C ○ Copyright 2009 Agilent Technologies TAR 38.28 66.20 TAR 22.95 21.35 Change 7 Add TAR in 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-45) as follows. Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard 100 pF 1k 100 pF 1k 1 nF 100 1 nF 100 1 μF 100 1 μF 100 1 μF 1k 1 μF 1k Capacitance 4m Long 1V PASS Parameter Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Limits ±0.19 pF ±0.0019 ±0.002 nF ±0.0020 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 Uncertainty Result1 pF ± 0.0078 pF ± 0.000065 nF ± 0.000089 nF ± 0.000062 ± 0.000077 μF μF ± 0.000047 ± 0.000071 μF μF ± 0.000033 TAR Result1 mΩ mΩ TAR 25.29 29.32 22.18 32.72 23.73 38.88 15.08 33.34 Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status Frequency [Hz] Standard Resistance 4m Long 1V PASS Parameter Limits 100 100 mΩ R ±0.84 mΩ 1k 100 mΩ R ±0.96 mΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Measurement: Cable length: Measurement time: Test signal level: Status DC Resistance 4m Long 1V PASS Result1 Uncertainty ± 0.030 100 mΩ R ±1.29 mΩ mΩ mΩ 100 kΩ R ±0.87 kΩ kΩ ± 0.013 kΩ Note 1: Result = Measurement – Calibrated Value of Standard Standard Parameter Uncertainty ± 0.030 mΩ ± 0.030 mΩ Limits C ○ Copyright 2009 Agilent Technologies TAR 43.74 68.26 28.84 32.06 Agilent 4263B LCR Meter Operation Manual Manual Change Agilent Part No. N/A July 2008 Change 1 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of Test Signal Frequency Accuracy Test (Page 9-38) to the following information. Test Signal Frequency 100 Hz 120 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 100 kHz Test Result1 Test Limits ±0.010 Hz ±1.200 Hz ±0.00010 kHz ±0.0010 kHz ±0.0010 kHz ±0.010 kHz Measurement Uncertainty Hz Hz kHz kHz kHz kHz ± 0.00031 Hz ± 0.00034 Hz ± 0.0000029 kHz ± 0.000019 kHz ± 0.000020 kHz ± 0.00019 kHz Change 2 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of Test Signal Level Accuracy Test (Page 9-38) to the following information. Test Signal Level 50 mV 50 mV 50 mV 250 mV 250 mV 250 mV 1V 1V 1V Test Signal Frequency Test Limits 100 Hz 20 kHz2 100 kHz 100 Hz 20 kHz 100 kHz 100 Hz 20 kHz 100 kHz ±15.0 mV ±15.0 mV ±15.0 mV ±35.0 mV ±35.0 mV ±35.0 mV ±0.11 V ±0.11 V ±0.11 V C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies Test Result1 Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.90 mV ± 0.078 mV ± 0.18 mV ± 2.50 mV ± 0.35 mV ± 1.88 mV ± 0.00349 V ± 0.00148 V ± 0.00109 V Change 3 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of DC Bias Level Accuracy Test (Page 9-39) to the following information. DC Bias Level Test Limits 0V 1.5 V 2V Measurement Uncertainty Test Result1 ±0.002 V ±0.077 V ±0.102 V V V V ± 0.088 mV ± 0.44 mV ± 0.92 mV Change 4 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) (Page 9-40) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 10 pF 100 kHz 1 kHz 100 pF 10 kHz 100 pF 20 kHz2 100 pF 100 kHz 1000 pF 100 Hz 1000 pF 1 kHz 1000 pF 100 kHz 0.01 μF 100 Hz 0.01 μF 120 Hz 0.01 μF 1 kHz 0.01 μF 10 kHz 0.01 μF 100 kHz 0.1 μF 1 kHz 0.1 μF 100 kHz ±0.331 pF ±0.0331 ±0.19 pF ±0.0019 ±0.44 pF ±0.0044 ±1.10 pF ±0.0110 ±1.37 pF ±0.0137 ±2 pF ±0.0020 ±0.0012 nF ±0.0012 ±0.0128 nF ±0.0128 ± 0.018 nF ±0.0018 ± 0.018 nF ±0.0018 ± 0.011 nF ±0.0011 ± 0.018 nF ±0.0018 ± 0.128 nF ±0.0128 ± 0.11 nF ±0.0011 ± 1.47 nF ±0.0147 pF 100 pF Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies pF pF pF pF pF pF pF pF pF pF pF pF pF pF Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.0040 pF ± 0.00043 ± 0.0074 pF ± 0.000063 ± 0.017 pF ± 0.00023 ± 0.021 pF ± 0.000091 ± 0.019 pF ± 0.00033 ± 0.000098 nF ± 0.000063 ± 0.000092 nF ± 0.000064 ± 0.00012 nF ± 0.00033 ± 0.00065 nF ± 0.000022 ± 0.00059 nF ± 0.000022 ± 0.00076 nF ± 0.000021 ± 0.00067 nF ± 0.000036 ± 0.00087 nF ± 0.00022 ± 0.0068 nF ± 0.000023 ± 0.015 nF ± 0.00026 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) (Page 9-41) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits 1 μF 100 Hz 1 μF 120 Hz 1 μF 1 kHz 1 μF 10 kHz 1 μF 100 kHz Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 ±0.0026 μF ±0.0026 ±0.0176 μF ±0.0176 Test Result1 pF pF pF pF pF Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.000074 μF ± 0.000047 ± 0.000073 μF ± 0.000047 ± 0.000067 μF ± 0.000032 ± 0.00014 μF ± 0.000069 ± 0.00018 μF ± 0.00032 Change 5 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED) (Page 9-41) to the following information. Standard 0.01 μF 0.01 μF Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 kHz 100 kHz Cp D Cp D ± 0.063 nF ±0.0063 ± 0.271 nF ±0.0271 pF pF Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.00070 nF ± 0.000043 ± 0.0023 nF ± 0.00044 Change 6 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT) (Page 9-41) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 0.01 μF 100 Hz 100 kHz ± 0.179 nF ±0.0179 ± 0.287 nF ±0.0287 pF 0.01 μF Cp D Cp D C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies pF Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.011 nF ± 0.00072 ± 0.00081 nF ± 0.00069 Change 7 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (DC Bias: ON) (Page 9-41) to the following information. Standard 1 μF Test Signal Parameter Frequency Measured 1k Cp D Test Limits Test Result1 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 μF Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.000066 μF ± 0.000033 Change 8 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: LONG) (Page 9-42) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 Measurement Uncertainty 100 mohm 100 mohm 100 Hz 1 kHz R R ±0.52 mohm ±0.48 mohm mohm mohm ± 0.030 mohm ± 0.030 mohm Change 9 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: MED) (Page 9-42) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 Measurement Uncertainty 100 mohm 100 Hz R ±0.62 mohm mohm ± 0.033 mohm Change 10 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Meas. Time Mode: SHORT) (Page 9-42) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 100 mohm 100 Hz R ±1.10 mohm mohm C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.13 mohm Change 11 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 0 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 0 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) (Page 9-42) to the following information. Standard Test Limits 100 mohm 100 kohm ±0.97 mohm ±0.87 kohm Measurement Uncertainty Test Result1 mohm kohm ± 0.039 mohm ± 0.013 kohm Change 12 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 1 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-43) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 100 pF 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 pF 20 kHz2 100 pF 100 kHz 1000 pF 100 Hz 1 μF 100 Hz 1 μF 1 kHz 1 μF 10 kHz 1 μF 100 kHz ±0.19 pF ±0.0019 ±0.48 pF ±0.0048 ±1.10 pF ±0.0110 ±1.37 pF ±0.0137 ±0.002 nF ±0.0020 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 ±0.0026 μF ±0.0026 ±0.0207 μF ±0.0207 pF 100 pF Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D pF pF pF pF μF μF μF μF Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.0077 pF ± 0.000063 ± 0.012 pF ± 0.00013 ± 0.024 pF ± 0.000085 ± 0.010 pF ± 0.00016 ± 0.000091 nF ± 0.000063 ± 0.000075 μF ± 0.000047 ± 0.000069 μF ± 0.000033 ± 0.00014 μF ± 0.000061 ± 0.00016 μF ± 0.00029 Change 13 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 1 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-43) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 Measurement Uncertainty 100 mohm 100 mohm 100 Hz 1 kHz R R ±0.60 mohm ±0.60 mohm mohm mohm ± 0.030 mohm ± 0.031 mohm C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies Change 14 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 1 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 1 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) (Page 9-43) to the following information. Standard Test Limits 100 mohm 100 kohm ±1.05 mohm ±0.87 kohm Measurement Uncertainty Test Result1 mohm kohm ± 0.030 mohm ± 0.014 kohm Change 14 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 2 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-44) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits 100 pF 1 kHz 100 pF 10 kHz 100 pF 20 kHz2 1 nF 100 Hz 1 μF 100 Hz 1 μF 1 kHz 1 μF 10 kHz Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D ±0.19 pF ±0.0019 ±0.51 pF ±0.0051 ±1.10 pF ±0.0110 ±0.002 nF ±0.0020 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 ±0.0026 μF ±0.0026 Test Result1 Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.011 pF ± 0.000073 ± 0.013 pF ± 0.00014 ± 0.022 pF ± 0.000094 ± 0.000090 nF ± 0.000075 ± 0.000077 μF ± 0.000047 ± 0.000069 μF ± 0.000033 ± 0.00014 μF ± 0.000062 Change 15 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 2 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-44) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 Measurement Uncertainty 100 mohm 100 mohm 100 Hz 1 kHz R R ±0.68 mohm ±0.72 mohm mohm mohm ± 0.030 mohm ± 0.034 mohm C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies Change 16 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 2 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 2 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001 Only) (Page 9-44) to the following information. Standard Test Limits 100 mohm 100 kohm ±1.13 mohm ±0.87 kohm Measurement Uncertainty Test Result1 mohm kohm ± 0.030 mohm ± 0.014 kohm Change 17 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 4 m Capacitance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-45) to the following information. Standard 100 pF 1000 pF 1 μF 1 μF Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 1 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 1 Hz 1 kHz Cp D Cp D Cp D Cp D ±0.19 pF ±0.0019 ±0.002 nF ±0.0020 ±0.0018 μF ±0.0018 ±0.0011 μF ±0.0011 pF pF μF μF Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.0078 pF ± 0.000065 ± 0.000089 nF ± 0.000062 ± 0.000077 μF ± 0.000047 ± 0.000071 μF ± 0.000033 Change 18 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 4 m Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Page 9-45) to the following information. Standard Test Signal Frequency Parameter Measured Test Limits Test Result1 Measurement Uncertainty 100 mohm 100 mohm 100 Hz 1 kHz R R ±0.84 mohm ±0.96 mohm mohm mohm ± 0.030 mohm ± 0.030 mohm C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies Change 19 Change the Measurement Uncertainty value of 4 m Impedance Measurement Accuracy Test for 4 m DC Resistance Measurement Accuracy Test (Opt. 001.Only) (Page 9-45) to the following information. Standard Test Limits 100 mohm 100 kohm ±1.29 mohm ±0.87 kohm C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies Test Result1 mohm kohm Measurement Uncertainty ± 0.030 mohm ± 0.013 kohm Agilent 4263B LCR Meter Operation Manual Manual Change Agilent Part No. N/A July 2007 Change 1 Add the following steps to the step 2 of DC Bias Level Accuracy Test (page 9-9). 2-a. Set the test signal frequency to 100 kHz using Freq. 2-b. Set the test signal level to 50 mV using Level. Change 2 Change the figure 9-4 of DC Bias Level Accuracy Test Setup without the Interface Box (page 9-10) as follows. C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies マニュアル チェンジ 変更 1 DC バイアス・レベル確度試験の手順 2(ページ 9-9)に以下の手順を追加して下さい。 2-a. Freq を押して測定信号周波数を 100 kHz に設定します。 2-b. Level を押して測定レベルを 50 mV に設定します。 変更 2 DC バイアス・レベル確度試験用セットアップの図 9-4(ページ 9-10)を以下に変更して下さい。 C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies Agilent 4263B LCR Meter Operation Manual Manual Change Agilent Part No. N/A June 2007 Change 1 Add the following note to the “3-c. Turning On the 4263B and Setting the Line Frequency” (page 1-13). Note In case the setting of the ac line frequency is not match, there’s any possibility the measurement error will rise. Make sure the ac line frequency has been set up correctly. Change 2 Add the following condition to the “Measurement Accuracy” (page 8-3). 5. The ac line frequency has been set up correctly. C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies マニュアル チェンジ 変更 1 電源投入と電源周波数の設定の手順 3-c(ページ 1-11)に以下の注記を追加して下さい。 注記 AC 電源周波数の設定値が一致していない場合、測定誤差が増大する可能性があります。必ず AC 電源周波数 を正しく設定して下さい。 変更 2 測定確度の条件(ページ 8-3)に以下の条件を追加して下さい。 5. AC 電源周波数が正しく設定されている。 C ○ Copyright 2007 Agilent Technologies Safety Summary When you notice any of the unusual conditions listed below, immediately terminate operation and disconnect the power cable. Contact your local Agilent Technologies sales representative or authorized service company for repair of the instrument. If you continue to operate without repairing the instrument, there is a potential fire or shock hazard for the operator. n Instrument operates abnormally. n Instrument emits abnormal noise, smell, smoke or a spark-like light during the operation. n Instrument generates high temperature or electrical shock during operation. n Power cable, plug, or receptacle on instrument is damaged. n Foreign substance or liquid has fallen into the instrument. Caution Do not apply DC voltage or current to the UNKNOWN terminals. Do not apply External DC bias voltage more than +2.5V. Doing so will damage the 4263B. Before you measure a capacitor, be sure the capacitor is fully discharged. 4263B ...
View Full Document

Ask a homework question - tutors are online